Vol. 14 (No. 2) December, 2017 Online : ISSN 2454-2601 UGC approved (Sl. No. 863, Jl. No. 7378) Print : ISSN 0973-0834

1 Social Environmental and Biological Association (SEBA) Reg. No. S/IL/22805 of 2004-2005

EXECUTIVE BODY OBJECTIVES OF SEBA President Dr. Supatra Sen ★ To promote and encourage social and environmental education. Vice-President ★ To create awareness in protection, preservation and restoration of environment, biodiversity and cultural tradition of India. Dr. N. C. Nandi Dr. Rina Chakraborty ★ To undertake research projects as well as to provide advisory service relating to social, biological and environmental sciences, aquaculture, Secretary wildlife and wetlands. Dr. V. V. Gantait ★ To undertake socio-cultural, environmental and biodiversity awareness Treasurer programmes by organising outreach programmes, seminar, workshop, Dr. Anirudha Dey exhibition and nature study camp. Asstt. Secretary ★ To collaborate with non-Government and Government organization to Dr. Sujit Pal promote social, environmental and biological education, awareness, Dr. B. K. Modak conservation and research. Members ★ To publish journals, newsletters and leaflets containing research papers, review papers and popular articles for the fulfillment of Dr. T. K. Pal foregoing objects. Dr. Amalendu Chatterjee Dr. M. K. Dev Roy Shri Kajal Ghosh

ADVISORY BODY OUTREACH PROGRAMMES OF SEBA Dr. A. K. Das Dr. A. K. Sanyal SEBA (a registered non-profit making organisation devoted Dr. D. R. Mondal to social and biological aspects of environment conservation Dr. C. Kalavati and awareness having qualified and experienced environment professionals) invites educational institutions, Government and Dr. S. K. Pramanik non-governmental organizations for outreach programmes Outreach Programmes on social, environmental and biological aspects suited to Co-ordinators (ORPC) organization’s needs or on the following themes : Dr. Rina Chakraborty 1. Antarctica Expedition 13. Green technology Dr. V. V. Gantait 2. Climate change 14. Water pollution Dr. Mrinal Mukherjee 3. Coral Reefs 15. Pest Management Dr. Ch. Satyanarayanana 4. Mangroves 16. Environmental education Dr. Amales Misra 5. Wetlands 17. Environmental Impact 6. Fisheries Sociology Assessment Please visit us at 18. Biodiversity Conservation http:// 7. Zootherapy Seba2004.tripod.com 8. Ecosystems of India 19. Disaster Management 9. Co-evolution and Island 20. Wildlife Trade biogeography 21. Ethnomedicine MEMBERSHIP FORM : P. 260 GUIDELINES TO 10. Indingenous knowledge 22. Threatened CONTRIBUTORS : 11. Aquarium fish/ Ornamental fish 23. Farming See Inside Back Cover 12. Vermiculture/ Vermicomposting 24. DNA barcoding

1 JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIOBIOLOGY

Volume 14 (No. 2) December, 2017

Social Environmental and Biological Association (Seba) kolkata 2017 JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIOBIOLOGY An Official Publication of Social Environmental and Biological Association

Chief Editor Executive Editors Dr. A. K. Das Dr. N. C. Nandi, SEBA B(R) 14/6 Swaranika Housing Dr. M. K. Dev Roy, SEBA Biren Roy Road (West), Kol-61

Editorial Co-ordinators Editorial Secretary Dr. S. K. Pramanik, SEBA Dr. F. B. Mondal, Bankura Christian College Dr. Anirudha Dey, SEBA Dr. Mousumi Roy, KBBN College, Kolkata

Associate Editors Dr. T. K. Pal : Zoological Survey of India, New Alipore, Kolkata–700 053 Dr. K. Acharya : Department of Botany, Calcutta University, Kolkata–700 019 Dr. R. K. Bhakat : Dept. of Botany & Forestry, Vidyasagar University, West Bengal Dr. A. Mukherjee : Dept. of Botany, Burdwan University, West Bengal Dr. Sankar Kr. Ghosh : Kalyani University, Kalyani, West Bengal

Co-editors Dr. M. S. Malhotra : National Institute of Malaria Research, ICMR, New Delhi Dr. C. Balasundaram : Dept of Animal Science, Bharatidasan University, Tiruchirapalli Dr. Neera Srivastava : Dept. of Zoology, University of Rajasthan, Jaipur–302 004 Dr. S. Mukherjee : National Institute of Public Finance & Policy, New Delhi Dr. Mita Banerjee : WBUTTEPA, Kolkata, West Bengal Dr. B. P. Mishra : Dept. of Environmental Science, Mizoram University, Aizawl

Editorial Advisors Dr. A. Choudhury : Ex-Head, Dept. of Marine Sci., Calcutta University, Kol-700 019 Dr. K. Venkataraman : Ex-Director, Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata Dr. R. M. Sarkar : Editor, Man in India, Ranchi, Jharkhand Dr. Kailash Chandra : Director, Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata-700 053 Dr. Richard C. Smardon : SUNY College of Environmental Science, Syracuse, USA Dr. Indraneil Das : Institute of Biodiversity and Environmental Conservation, Malaysia Dr. Sudhendu Mandal : Dept. of Botany, Visva-Bharati University, Santiniketan-731235 JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIOBIOLOGY

Vol. 14 (No. 2) 2017 133-259

CONTENTS

Melissopalynological studies on multifloral honeys from Arambagh region of Hooghly district, West Bengal—Pradyut Biswas ..... 133-143 Screening of antioxidant properties of some fruits available in Kolkata markets—Banani Mandal, Arunava Mukherjee and Arundhati Ganguly ..... 145-154 Depletion of organic compounds in the leaves of Bani (Avicennia alba blume), Guava (Psidium guajava Linn.), Jute (Corchorus capsularis Linn.) and Pumpkin (Benincasa cerifera Savi) due to feeding of mite—Sanjib Ghosal ..... 155-159 The vulnerable sunderban ecosystem: problems ahead from ecological and biological perspectives—Dipan Adhikari ..... 161-170 Modelling tree diameter distribution with a case study from Garhbeta sal coppice forest, Paschim Medinipur district, West Bengal— Sumanta Pasari and N. C. Nandi ..... 171-178 A report on fauna (Insecta: ) in Neora Valley National Park, West Bengal, India—Suresh Kr. Shah, Bulganin Mitra, Apurva Das and Purnendu Mishra ..... 179-186 Studies on life cycle stages of false spider mite Tenuipalpus pernicis (Chaudhri, Akbar and Rasool) on guava (Psidium guajava) plant—Sanjib Ghoshal ..... 187-191 Antibacterial, anti-diabetic and anti-inflammation property of the sea weed, Porteresia coarctata, collected from mangrove fringed mudflat of Sundarban Coast, West Bengal—Harekrishna Jana and Keshab Chandra Mondal ..... 193-200

Diversity and distribution of marine of east coast of India— M. K. Dev Roy ..... 201-240 A report on soil and plant parasitic (Orders: Dorylaimida and ) of Maharashtra, India—Viswa Venkat Gantait and Debabrata Sen ..... 241-254 Notes and News

Wetland watch. 7. Kadamane jhoras and streamlets serving as water sources to the needs of residents and resorts of Sakleshpur areas under Karnataka part of Western Ghat—N. C. Nandi, Rituparna Nandi and S. Ray Chaudhuri ..... 255-256

Wetland watch. 8. Mulkarkha lake : A wishing lake of Kalimpong range, Darjeeling district, West Bengal—Amit Ghosh and N. C. Nandi ..... 257-258

Wetland watch. 9. Abbey falls under Coorg district of Karnataka – a place for tourists’ attraction—N. C. Nandi, Rituparna Nandi and S. Ray Chaudhuri ..... 259

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED n No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechani- cal, photocopying, recording or otherwise without the prior permission of the publisher. n This book is sold subject to the condition that it shall not, by way of trade, be lent, re-sold, hired out or otherwise disposed of without the publisher’s consent, in any form of binding or cover other than that in which it is published.

Published by the Secretary, Social Environmental and Biological Association (SEBA-http://Seba 2004.tripod.com), 33C Madhab Halder Road, Behala, Kolkata–700 034, Reg. No. S/IL/22805 of 2004-2005, so far funded by Department of Science & Technology, Government of India, New Delhi and printed at Calcutta Repro Graphics, 36/8B, Sahitya Parishad Street, Kolkata–700 006. J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) : 133-143, 2017 Print : ISSN : 0973-0834 Impact Factor : 0.342 (2015) Online : ISSN : 2454-2601 Received : 16 June, 2017 / Accepted : 27 June, 2017 / Published Online : December, 2017

MELISSOPALYNOLOGICAL STUDIES ON MULTIFLORAL HONEYS FROM ARAMBAGH REGION OF HOOGHLY DISTRICT, WEST BENGAL

Pradyut Biswas Department of Botany, Asutosh College, 92, S.P. Mukherjee Road, Kolkata 700026, West Bengal, India

ABSTRACT Pollen grains are important constituent of honey and are collected by the honey bees during forage to blossoms. The characterization and identification of pollen grains from honey samples are of great importance for its quantitative and qualitative assessment. For melissopalynological analysis the honey samples were collected from the investigated regions. The collected samples were acetolysed and pollen grains were studied by optical microscopy. The flowering vegetation of this region was surveyed and the flowering period was recorded. The honey samples investigated are of multifloral sources. Twenty three dominant pollen morphotypes were identified from the honey samples. The identified pollen morphotypes are of Acacia nilotica, Alstonia scholaris, Anisomeles indica, Azadirachta indica, Blumea lacera, Borassus flabellifer, Brassica campestris, Butea monosperma, Carica papaya, Chenopodium album, Eucalyptus citriodora, Hygrophila phlomoides, Litchi chinensis, Mangifera indica, Moringa oleifera, Murraya paniculata, Ocimum canum, Pongamia pinnata, Salvia sp., Sesamum indicum, Syzygium cumini, Thevetia peruviana and Zizyphus mauritiana. The bee specimens identified form the hives were Apis dorsata, Apis cerana indica and Apis mellifera. The pollen grains are mostly tricolporate with reticulate exine ornamentation. The aim of this study is to establish the plant species flowering in the foraging area with the pollen morphotypes identified from honey samples. Keywords: Melissopalynology, Multifloral honey, Honey bee, Pollen morphotypes. INTRODUCTION Pollen grains that are mixed in the honey are important for its quality (Kaya et al., 2005). Geographic and botanical characteristics are important for the quality of honeys (Romas et al., 1999; Valencial et al., 2000). The colour, taste and smell of the honey changes according to the nectar of the flowers. During pollination, some bee specimens forage on nectar yielding plants and collect nectar as well as pollen grains for the production of honey in the hives.

Email: [email protected]

133 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

The study area, Arambagh is located in latitude 22°53´ N and longitude 87°50´ E. Arambagh is near (14 km distance) to the famous historical place Kamarpukur Ramakrishna Mission of Hooghly distict of the State West Bengal, India. Agriculture is the main economy of this area. The diversity of the angiospermic plants of this area is high. Besides agricultural crops, apiculture seems to be promising in this area. Honey samples were melissopalynologically analysed by various workers from different countries like Louisiana (Lieux, 1972), New Zealand (Moar, 1985) and Turkey (Dogan and Sorkum, 2001). The systematic and continuous pollen studies from honey samples have not received due attention in Hooghly district. In West Bengal, melissopalynological study was made for the analysis of pollen grains from honey samples (Mondal and Mitra, 1980; Ganguly et al., 1984; Mandal and De, 1988; Mandal, 1989). Assessment of the botanical origin of unifloral honeys is an important application in the food control (Lieux, 1975; Louveaux et al., 1978; Moar, 1985). However, in India, the melissopalynological work on honey yielding plants has been done in Western Ghats (Deodikar and Thakar, 1953), Little Andaman (Singh and Kar, 2011) and Nagaland (Chaturvedi and Temsunungla, 2009). The identification of the botanical taxa with corresponding pollen morphotypes from honey is of high practical importance. The study of pollen morphotypes from honey samples is useful for the identification of nectar yielding vegetation. MATERIALS AND METHODS For melissopalynological analysis, 20 honey samples were collected in different seasons in the year 2014 from different zones of Arambagh at Hooghly district of West Bengal. The slides were prepared for pollen analysis following acetolysis method of Erdtman (1960). 1 to 2 ml honey sample was taken in a centrifuged tube. 5 ml water was added to the honey sample. It was centrifuged for 20 minutes at 4000 rpm. Water was decant off and acetolysis mixture (9 part acetic anhydride and 1 part concentrated H2SO4) added slowly to the residue sample. It was kept in hot water bath at 80° C for 2 to 3 minutes. It was then centrifuged again for 20 minutes. After centrifugation the residue sample was mounted in 50% glycerine jelly. Different pollen morphological characteristics like shape, symmetry, apertural patterns and exine configuration of pollen grains were studied with the help of Olympus Trinocular Microscope (Model: CH20i B1ME, No. iIID195) for identification of nectar producing plants. The honey bees collected from the hives were identified from the Department of Zoology, The University of Burdwan. During field tour for honey sample collection, foraging nature of honey bees was observed in different plants. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The local flora along with their flowering period of Arambagh region was surveyed with a view to screen the nectar yielding plants. A brief list of these plants is presented here (Table 1). The identified pollen morphotypes studied from acetolysed pollen slides are of Acacia nilotica, Alstonia scholaris, Anisomeles indica, Azadirachta indica, Blumea lacera, Borassus flabellifer, Brassica campestris, Butea monosperma,

134 Melissopalynological studies on multifloral honeys from Arambagh region.....

Carica papaya, Chenopodium album, Eucalyptus citriodora, Hygrophila phlomoides, Litchi chinensis, Mangifera indica, Moringa oleifera, Murraya paniculata, Ocimum canum, Pongamia pinnata, Salvia sp., Sesamum indicum, Syzygium cumini, Thevetia peruviana and Zizyphus mauritiana (Table 2). The honey samples investigated are of multifloral sources. The identified pollen grains are mostly tricolporate with reticulate exine ornamentation (Table 2, Fig. 1). The foraging of bee specimens in respective plants was recorded in the field (Fig. 2). Three bee specimens, Apis mellifera, Apis cerana indica and Apis dorsata were identified during this investigation.

Table 1. Flora surveyed along with their flowering calendar

Sl. Local Name of the plants Family Flowering time No. name 1. Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Dhenras Malvaceae January-February Moench 2. Acacia nilotica (L.) Del. Babla Mimosaceae September-January 3. Acalypha indica L. Mukta jhuri Euphorbiaceae July-August 4. Achras zapota L. Sobeda Sapotaceae December-January 5. Albizia lebbek (L.) Benth. Siris Mimosaceae April-May 6. Alstonia scholaris (L.) R. Br. Chhatim Apocynaceae August-March 7. Amaranthus spinosus L. Kantanotey Amaranthaceae June-August 8. Andrographis paniculata Wall. Kalmegh Acanthaceae August-November 9. Anisomeles indica (L.) Kuntze Gobura Lamiaceae October-December 10. Azadirachta indica A. Juss. Neem Meliaceae April-May 11. Bauhinia purpurea L. Kanchan Caesalpiniaceae July-September 12. Blumea lacera (Burm.f) DC Kukurshoka Asteraceae November-April 13. Borassus flabellifer L. Tal Arecaceae April-May 14. Brassica campestris L. Mustard Brassicaceae December-January 15. Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Palas Papilionaceae March-June 16. Caesalpinia pulcherrima (L.) Sw. Krishna Caesalpiniaceae August-September chura 17. Carica papaya L. Papeya Caricaceae Throughout year 18. Cassia sophera L. Kalkasunda Caesalpiniaceae July-October 19. Casuarina equisetifolia Forst. Jhau Casuarinaceae October-November 20. Ceeiba pentandra L. Swetsimul Bombacaceae January-April 21. Chenopodium album L. Bethoshak Chenopodiaceae February-April 22. Clerodendrum viscosum Vent. Ghentu Verbenaceae February-April

135 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 1 contd.

Sl. Local Name of the plants Family Flowering time No. name 23. Cocos nucifera L. Narkel Arecaceae August-September 24. Crotalaria retusa L. Atasi Papilionaceae July-September 25. Dalbergia sissoo Roxb. Sisso Papilionaceae March-April 26. Datura metel L. Dhutra Solanaceae April-September 27. Delonix regia (Boj. ex Hook.) Raf. Gulmohar Caesalpiniaceae July-November 28. Erythrina variegate L. Mather Papilionaceae February-July 29. Eucalyptus citriodora Hook. Eucalyptus Myrtaceae April-May 30. Ficus bengalensis L. Bot Moraceae May-June 31. Ficus religiosa L. Aswatha Moraceae May-June 32. Helianthus annuus L. Suryamukhi Asteraceae January-March 33. Holarrhena antidysenterica Wall. kurchi Apocynaceae August-October ex A. Don. 34. Hygrophila phlomoides Nees. Ban Acanthaceae October-February kulekhara 35. Lagerstroemia speciosa (L.) Pers. Jarul Lythraceae July-October 36. Litchi chinensis Sonn. Lichu Sapindaceae February-March 37. Lycopersicum esculentum Mill. Tomato Solanaceae November-December 38. Mangifera indica L. Am Anacardiaceae February March 39. Mimusops elengi L. Bakul Sapotaceae December-January 40. Moringa oleifera Lam. Sajna Moringaceae January-February 41. Murraya paniculata (L.) Jack Kamini Rutaceae July-September 42. Ocimum canum Sims Ban tulsi Lamiaceae July-November 43. Oryza sativa L. Rice Poaceae April-July and October-December 44. Pisum sativum L. Motor Papilionaceae December-January 45. Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre Coranja Papilionaceae April-May 46. Rosa indica L. Golap Rosaceae August-October 47. Salvia plebeian R. Br. Salvia Lamiaceae February-April 48. Sesamum indicum L. Til Pedaliaceae May-June 49. Spondias pinnata (L. f.) Kurz Desi amra Anacardiaceae May-June 50. Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Kada jam Myrtaceae March-April 51. Tamarindus indica L. Tentul Caesalpiniaceae July-September

136 Melissopalynological studies on multifloral honeys from Arambagh region.....

Table 1 contd. Sl. Local Name of the plants Family Flowering time No. name 52. Terminalia arjuna (Roxb. ex Arjun Combretaceae September- DC.) Wight & Arn. November 53. Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Piers. Ban neel Papilionaceae October-March 54. Thevetia peruviana (Pers.) K. Kolkeyphul Apocynaceae August-September Schum. 55. Zizyphus mauritiana Lam. Kul Rhamnaceae August-October

Table 2. Dominant pollen morphotypes in honey sample Sl. Name of the plants Pollen morphotypes No. 1. Acacia nilotica (L.) Del. Polyads of 12 grains, exine subpsilate. 2. Alstonia scholaris (L.) R. Br. Prolate, spheroidal, tricolpate exine reticulate. 3. Anisomeles indica (L.) Kuntze Prolate, spheroidal, tricolpate, exine reticulate. 4. Azadirachta indica A. Juss. Sub-prolate, tetracolporate, exine psilate. 5. Blumea lacera (Burm.f) DC Oblate, spheroidal, echinate/subpsilate in between spines. 6. Borassus flabellifer L. Bilaterally symmetrical, anasulcate, gemmate. 7. Brassica campestris L. Prolate, spheroidal, tricolpate, exine reticulate. 8. Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Oblate, spheroidal, tricolporate, exine obscure pattern. 9. Carica papaya L. Oblate, spheroidal, tricolporate, exine psilate. 10. Chenopodium album L. Spheroidal, pentoporate, granulose. 11. Eucalyptus citriodora Hook. Oblate, tricolporate, exine psilate. 12. Hygrophila phlomoides Nees. Prolate, spheroidal, tetracolporate, exine reticulate. 13. Litchi chinensis Sonn. Oblate, spheroidal, tricolporate, exine reticulate. 14. Mangifera indica L. Prolate, spheroidal, tricolporate, microreticulate. 15. Moringa oleifera Lam. Prolate, tricolporate, exine psilate. 16. Murraya paniculata (L.) Jack Prolate, spheroidal, tricolpate, exine striate- foveslate. 17. Ocimum canum Sims Sub-oblate, hexacolpate, exine reticulate. 18. Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre Prolate spheroidal, tricolporate, reticulate. 19. Salvia plebeian R. Br. Spheroidal, tetra to hexacolpate, reticulate. 20. Sesamum indicum L. Oblate, polycolpate, exine psilate. 21. Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Oblate, tricolporate, exine psilate. 22. Thevetia peruviana (Pers.) K. Schum. Prolate, tricolporate, exine reticulate. 23. Zizyphus mauritiana Lam. Oblate, tricolporate, exine psilate.

137 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Fig. 1. Acetolysed pollen of : A. Acacia nilotica, B. Alstonia scholaris, C. Blumea lacera, D. Brassica campestries, E. Butea monosperma, F. Carica papaya, G. Mangifera indica, H. Moringa oleifera, I. Sesamum indicum and J. Thevetia peruviana.

138 Melissopalynological studies on multifloral honeys from Arambagh region.....

Fig. 2. A. Foraging visit of Apis cerana indica in Andrographis paniculata, B. and C. Foraging visit of A. dorsata and A. cerana indica in Anisomeles indica, D. Foraging visit of A. dorsata in Blimea lacera, E. and F. Foraging visit of A. dorsata and A. cerana indica in Brassica campestries, G. and H. Foraging visit of A. cerana indica and A. dorsata in Ceiba pentandra, I. Foraging visit of A. dorsata in Clerodendrum viscosum, J. and K. Foraging visit of A. dorsata and A. cerana indica in Hygrophila phlomoides, L. and M. Foraging visit of A. dorsata and A. cerana indica in Moringa oleifera, N. Foraging visit of A. dorsata in Murraya paniculata, O. and P. Foraging visit of A. cerana indica and A. dorsata in Ocimum canum, Q. Foraging visit of A. dorsata in Syzygium cumini, R. Foraging visit of A. dorsata in Tephrosia purpurea, S. Foraging visit of A. cerana indica in Thevetia peruviana, and T. Foraging visit of A. cerana indica in Zizyphus mauritiana.

139 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Different parameters, such as, local flora, their flowering time, specific bee species as forager and time of harvest are important factors for the study of characteristics of honey. So, there is a link between pollen types present in the honey and plant species flowering in the foraging area (Aronne and Micco, 2010). Pollen is important for honey bee nutrition (Dimou and Thrasyvoulou, 2009). During their foraging visit they collect pollen from entomophilous as well as anemophilous plants, but they concentrate on few species for nectar as well as pollen rewards (Bauma et al., 2011). The pollen grains identified from the honey samples is an important criterion for the establishment of corresponding flora (Kaur and Mattu, 2016). Consequently, such plants may be cultivated in large scale in this area to increase the honey production through foraging. It is because the pollen of these plants will be carried much more by honey bees that enable pollination. As a result of successful pollination, the crop production will also be increased. During foraging, whatever the specificity between honey bees and nectar yielding plants may be, it is found that some nectar yielding plants, such as, Anisomeles indica, Brassica campestries, Ceiba pentandra, Hygrophila phlomoides, Moringa oleifera and Ocimum canum are visited by Apis cerana indica and Apis dorsata, whereas Andrographis paniculata and Zizyphus mauritiana are visited by Apis cerana indica. Apis dorsata forages Blimea lacera, Clerodendrum viscosum, Murrraya paniculata, Syzygium cumini and Tephrosia purpurea (Fig. 2). However, honey is rich in secondary metabolites acting as natural antioxidant and thus contributing to human health. Giorgi et al. (2011) worked on correlation between phenolic content and RSA (Radical Scavenging Activity) in honey. RSA is related to antioxidant activity. On the other hand, Lazarova et al. (2010) reported the presence of some heavy metals and toxic elements in the honey samples analyzed by atomic emission spectrometry with inductively coupled plasma (ICP-AES). Moreover assessment of pollen in honey sample is an important criterion for determination of antimicrobial property of honey (Jantakee and Tragoolpua, 2015; Adeonipekun et al., 2016). Some of the angiospermic pollen grains are allergenic in nature (Westerhout et al., 2012; Hao et al., 2013; Didier et al., 2014; Karagiannis et al., 2014; Barber et al., 2015; Demoly et al., 2015; Kazuhiko et al., 2015). It is reported that pollen grains of Chenopodium album and Borassus flabellifer are allergenic (Singh and Kumar, 2003; Chakraborty et al., 2004; Sanchez-Mesa et al., 2005). Chanda and Gupta- Bhattacharya (2003) experimentally have done the sensitivity of positive response of skin-prick test with various pollen antigens for determination of pollen allergy and stated that Azadirachta indica, Eucalyptus citriodora and Syzygium cumini are allergenically more potent plants than Alstonia scholaris, Borassus flabellifer, Carica papaya and Moringa oleifera. Such pollen grains are also found in the honey samples in this present investigation. The role of allergenic pollen grains in honey samples may open up a new avenue for further study as honey is eaten by human beings as nutritive food for human health.

140 Melissopalynological studies on multifloral honeys from Arambagh region.....

CONCLUSION The study of pollen morphotypes from honey samples are of paramount importance for quality control of honey. It helps in identification of botanical and geographical origin of honey. All the honey samples are from multifloral sources. Twenty three dominant pollen grains were identified from the honey samples of Arambagh region of Hooghly district, India. The identified pollen morphotypes establish the nectar yielding plant species flowering in the foraging area. The grains are mostly tricolporate. Two bee species namely Apis cerana indica and Apis dorsata are important foragers in different nectar yielding plants for production of honey in this region. Thus present investigation suggests that floral calendar can provide important information for sources of honey plants for bee keepers. Moreover, it would be more informative not only to honey production but also to horticultural, agricultural and forest department for improvement of production of fruit quality through apiculture. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The author is thankful to Prof. A. Mazumdar, Section of Entomology, Department of Zoology, Burdwan University for identification of bee specimens and Dr. Supatra Sen, Department of Botany, Asutosh College for her academic help in preparing this manuscript. REFERENCES Adeonipekun, P. A., Adeniyi, T. A. and Eden, D. 2016. Antimicrobial properties and melissopalynology, proximate and elemental analyses of honey samples from three different ecozones in Nigeria. Notulac Scientia Biologicae, 8(3): 326-333; doi:10.15835/nsb.8.3.9844. Aronne, G. and Micco, V. De. 2010. Traditional melissopalynology integrated by multivariate analysis and sampling methods to improve botanical and geographical characterization of honeys. Plant Biosystems, 144(4): 833-840. Barber, D., Diaz-Perales, A., Villalba, M. and Chivato, T. 2015. Challenges for allergy diagnosis in regions with complex pollen exposures. Curr. Allergy Asthma Rep., 15(496): 2-10. Bauma, K. A., Rubink, W. L., Coulson, R. N. and Bryant, J. R. V. M. 2011. Diurnal patterns of pollen collection by feral honey bee colonies in southern Texas, USA. Palynology, 35(1): 85-93. Chakraborty, P., Gupta-Bhattacharya, S., Roy, I. and Chanda, S. 2004. Identification of shared allergic components from four common and dominant pollen taxa of Arecaceae. Current Science, 86(11): 1539-1543. Chanda, S. and Gupta-Bhattacharya, S. 2003. Biological air pollution - a case study in Salt Lake City, Calcutta, India. In: Environmental Issues for the 21st Century (Eds.) by Das-Gupta, S. P. Mittal Publications, New Delhi : 55-70.

141 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Chaturvedi, S. K. and Temsunungla. 2009. Melissopalynological studies at Kupza village of Mokokchung district, Nagaland. Journal of Palynology, 43(1-2): 89-100. Demoly, P., Calderon, M. A., Casale T. B., Malling, H. and Wahn, U. 2015. The value of pre-and co-seasonal sublingual immunotherapy in pollen-induced allergic rhinoconjunctivitis. Clinical and Translational Allergy, 5(18): 1-10. Deodikar, B. B. and Thakar, C. U. 1953. A pollen theory of major honey yielding plants of Mahabaleswar Hills. Apicultural Laboratory, Bull. No. 1, p. 8. Didier, A., Wahn, U., Horak, F. and Cox, L. S. 2014. Five-grass-pollen sublingual immunotherapy tablet for the treatment of grass-pollen-induced allergic rhinoconjunctivitis: 5 years of experience. Expert Rev. Clin. Immunol., 10: 1309-1324. Dimou, M. and Thrasyvoulou, A. 2009. Pollen analysis of honeybee rectum as a method to record the bee pollen flora of an area. Apidologie, 40(2): 124-133. Dogan, C. and Sorkum, K. 2001. Pollen analyses of honey from Aegean, Marmara, Mediterranean and Black Sea regions of Turkey. Mellifera, 1: 2-12. Erdtman, G. (1960). The acetolysis method. A revised description. Svensk Botanisk Tidskrift, 54: 561-564. Ganguly, P., Gupta, S., Bhattacharya, K. and Chanda, S. 1984. Comparative pollen spectra of honey samples from West Dinajpur and Jalpaiguri districts of West Bengal. Science and Culure, 50: 170-172. Giorgi, A., Madeo, M., Baumgartner, J. and Lozzia, G. C. 2011. The relationship between phenolic content, pollen diversity, physicochemical information and radical scavenging activity in honey. Molecules, 16: 336-347; doi: 10.3390/ molecules 16010336. Hao, G. D., Zheng, Y. W., Gjesing, B., Kong, X. A., Wang, J. Y., Song, Z. J. et al. 2013. Prevalence of sensitization to weed pollens of Humulus scandens, Artemisia vulgaris, and Ambrosia artemisiifolia in northern China. J. Zhejiang. Univ. Sci. B.,14: 240-246. Jantakee, K. and Tragoolpua, Y. 2015. Activities of different types of Thai honey on pathogenic bacteria causing skin diseases, tyrosinase enzyme and generating free radicals. Biological Research, 48(4): 1-11. Karagiannis, E., Shah-Hosseini, K., Hadler, M. and Mosges, R. 2014. PD14- Noninterventional 2-year study of sublingual immunotherapy in children and adolescents with allergic rhinoconjunctivitis caused by grass pollen. Clin. Trans. Aller., 4 (Suppl 1): 14. Kaur, A. and Mattu, V. K. (2016). Pollen spectrum of honey samples of Apis cerana F. collected from different areas of Shiwalik hills. International Journal of Scientific and Education,4(6): 5434-5440; doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.18535/ijsre/ v4io6.01. Kaya, Z., Binzet, R. and Orcan, N. 2005. Pollen analysis of honey from some regions in Turkey. Apiacta, 40: 10-15.

142 Melissopalynological studies on multifloral honeys from Arambagh region.....

Kazuhiko, I., Weinberger, K. R., Robinson, G. S., Sheffield, P. E., Lall, R., Mathes, R., Ross, Z., Kinney, P. L. and Matte, T. D. 2015. The associations between daily spring pollen counts, over-the-counter allergy medication sales, and asthma syndrome emergency department visits in New York City, 2002-2012. Environmental Health, 14(71): 1-12. Lazarova, M. A., Atanassova, J. R. and Yurukova, L. D. 2010. Botanical origin and inorganic content of bee honey in Northeast Bulgaria (Shumen region). Phytologia Balcanica, 16(1): 131-135. Lieux, M. H. 1972. Melissopalynological study of 54 Louisianan (USA) honeys. Review of Paleobotany and Palynology, 13: 95-124. Lieux, M. H. 1975. Dominant pollen types recovered from commercial Louisiana honeys. Economic Botany, 29: 78-96. Louveaux, J., Maurizio, A. and Vorwohl, G. 1978. Methods of melissopalynology. International Bee Research Association. Bee World, 59(4): 139-157. Mandal, S. and De, A. K. 1988. Melissopalynological study of honey samples of Birbhum district, West Bengal. Indian Biologist, 20: 8-12. Mandal, S. 1989. Melissopalynological study of honey sample of Murshidabad district, West Bengal. Science and Culture, 55: 178-181. Moar, N. T. 1985. Pollen analysis of Newzealand honey. Journal of Apicultural Research, 28: 39-70. Mondal, M. and Mitra, K. 1980. Pollen analysis of honey from Sundarbans (West Bengal). Geophytology, 10(2): 137-139. Romas, S. E., Perez, B. M. and Ferreros, G. C. 1999. Pollen characterization of multifloral honeys from La Parma (Canary Island). Grana, 38: 356-360. Sanchez-Mesa, J. A., Serrano, P., Carinanos, P., Prieto- Baena, J. C., Moreno, C., Guerra, F. and Galan, C. 2005. Pollen allergy in Cordoba city: frequency of sensitization and relation with antihistamine sales. Journal of Investigational and Allergology Clinical Immunology, 15(1): 50-56. Singh, A. B. and Kumar, P. 2003. Aeroallergens in clinical practice of allergy in India. An overview. Annals of Agricultural and Environmental Medicine, 10: 131-136. Singh, S. and Kar, R. 2011. Melissopalynological studies on mangrove honeys from Sunderban (Bangladesh) and Little Andaman (India). Current Science, 100 (9): 1290-1293. Valencial, R. M., Horrera, B. and Molnar, T. (2000). Pollen and organoleptic analysis of honeys in Leon Province (Spain). Grana, 39: 133-140. Westerhout, K. Y., Verheggen, B. G., Schreder, C. H. and Augustin, M. 2012. Cost effectiveness analysis of immunotherapy in patients with grass pollen allergic rhinoconjunctivitis in Germany. J. Med. Econ., 15: 906-917.

143 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

KNOW OUR ONLINE PUBLISHER/PUBLICATION PROMOTER

Informatics (India) Limited, offers : Online Journal Management System and Publishing Services for improved editorial management of scholarly journals and better accessibility to content and also promotion of journals by Informatics Publishing Limited (IPL), incorporated under the Companies Act 1956.

Informatics Publishing Limited (IPL) will provide SEBA the following services : F IPL will host Journal of Environment and Socibilogy on i-scholar including Online marketing and Print distribution. F IPL will undertake marketing and promotional activities for our Journal - in Print, Online and Print + Online formats under revenue share model.

Search Login Author Index Journal Index Publisher Index Subscription About us

i-Scholar—The Digital Library of scholarly online journals. i-Scholar offers : F Unique platform to access full-text from several leading Indian & International Journal Publishers. F Choice of Subject Collections representing both subscription and open access journals. F Secured online payment gateway for article purchase and journal subscription. F Subscribe to Journals of your choice: journal-wise or subject collection-wise. F Purchase articles at affordable price. F Browse Table of Contents or Author Index for FREE. (after registration) F Search and view bibliographic results for FREE. (after registration) Different aggregators in the world offer only predefined collections for subscription. i-Scholar is a unique aggregator offering Indian and other international journals on pick and choose basis allowing the user to create his customized collection for online journals.

144 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) : 145-154, 2017 Print : ISSN : 0973-0834 Impact Factor : 0.342 (2015) Online : ISSN : 2454-2601 Received : 16 June, 2017 / Accepted : 27 June, 2017 / Published Online : December, 2017

SCREENING OF ANTIOXIDANT PROPERTIES OF SOME FRUITS AVAILABLE IN KOLKATA MARKETS

1Banani Mandal, 2Arunava Mukherjee and 1Arundhati Ganguly 1Jogesh Chandra Chaudhuri College, 30 Prince Anwar Shah Road, Kolkata-700033 2Ramakrishna Mission Vivekananda Centenary College, Rahara, Kolkata-700118

ABSTRACT A drastic change in the consumption of food products has been observed among the people of India from the last decade. Globalization has induced a change in food choice to the common people of India and made people fascinated for junk food, fast food, preserved and ready to eat products. This changed food trend along with modern lifestyle and exposure to various pollutants is resulting in expanding various chronic to fatal diseases like heart attack, endocrinological disorder (diabetes, thyroid), gynecological problem and cancer, etc. To stay healthy, regular consumption of freshly available fruits is necessary as they are the source of antioxidants which can fight against several free radicals. So, it is earnest to know the antioxidant property of the various types of fruits. After biochemical screening of total phenolic content, flavonoid, vitamin C and carotenoids it was found that fruits like Indian gooseberry and guava are very rich for above nutritional quality. The necessary carotenoids like α-carotene,

canthaxanthine and retinol2 were found to be present in mango, papaya and Indian gooseberry. From market survey it was also found that these fruits are largely grown in our country and therefore comparatively cheaper than the other fascinating fruits. So these fruits can be the essential part of regular diet to the marginal people of our country. Key words : Fruits, Antioxidant, Phenolic content, Flavonoid, Vitamin C, Carotenoids, Nutritional quality, Survey INTRODUCTION Diabetes, obesity, thyroids, and metabolic syndrome are becoming epidemic both in developed and developing countries in recent years. These problems are aggravated by several factors like several genetic factors, diet, and lack of physical activity, as well as fascination for modern day living. Kimokoti and Millen (2011) and Wolfe et al. (2003) reported that apple peel is very effective to inhibit the growth of cancer cells in liver. Kavitha and Kuna (2012) suggested that blanching of berry fruits Zizyphus mauritiana reduces the scavenging radical activity and reducing power

*Corresponding author’s email: [email protected], [email protected]

145 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) activity. Phenols, as the major bioactive substances in fruits, play a vital role as antioxidant. Phenolic compounds are good antioxidants found in the flesh of fruits including phenolic acids and flavonoids, whereas flavonoids and lignans are found in the seeds or kernel (Khoo et al., 2016). A study has shown that high intakes of vitamin C (500 mg/day) obtained from the juice of freshly squeezed oranges can reduce the levels of oxidized LDL, even in the presence of a high-saturated fat diet (Harats et al., 1998). Lower cataract risk has been shown in individuals with high blood concentrations or intakes of vitamin C and carotenoids. There is now evidence to show that a high level of vitamin C intake over the long term decreases the risk of cataract development (Ravindran et al., 2011). Negi and Anand (2015) identified some factors as challenges for commercial fruit sector like fragmented supply chain, cost of packaging material, losses and wastage of fresh product, market information, integration between the partners, etc. India is the second largest producer of fruits in the world next to China. The total annual production of fruits is over 3.95 million tonnes in 2003-04, with a share of 11 per cent in the world production.The major fruits grown in India include mango, banana, papaya, orange, mosumbi, guava, grapes, apple, pineapple, sapota, ber, pomegranate, strawberry, litchi, etc. (Shivaprasad, 2006). MATERIALS AND METHODS Collection of sample : Collection of fruits of eighteen types was done from the Jadubabu Bazar of Bhawanipore of Kolkata for biochemical analysis of flavonoid, vitamin C, total phenolic content and carotenoid during the month of May-June, 2016. Market survey was done in the local fruit markets of Kolkata in 2011 and 2016 for comparative study of price of the fruits. Estimation of total flavonoid : A ground freeze- dried sample of 0.1 g was weighted and phenolic and flavonoid compounds were extracted with 10 ml of 80% aqueous methanol on an ultrasonic bath for 20 minutes. An aliquot (2 ml) of the extracts was ultra centrifuged for 5 minutes at 14000 rpm. Total flavonoid content was measured by Aluminum chloride calorimetric assay (Zhishen et al., 1999). Total flavonoid content was expressed as mg catechin equivalents (CE)/100g dry mass samples. Estimation of total phenolic content : A known amount of the sample was taken, ground well with 80% ethanol and was centrifuged at 4000 rpm. The total phenolic contents of the fruits were determined by using the Folin-Ciocalteau assay (Sadasivam and Manickam, 1992). Standard curve was prepared by using different concentrations of gallic acid. Total phenolic content of fruit was expressed as mg gallic acid (GAE)/ 100 g of fresh weight.

146 Screening of antioxidant properties of some fruits available in kolkata markets

Estimation of Vitamin C : Vitamin C from fruit pulp was extracted and estimated by Sadasivam and Manickam (1992). The concentration of Vitamin C was expressed as mg/100g of sample. Estimation of carotenoid pigment : Room dried sample was mixed with acetone and DMSO for extraction. The carotenoids were extracted and measured from the sample following the procedure of BioAstin Naturose (2001). From calculation the carotenoid extracted was expressed as ppm. The UV- vis analysis was done by UV-spectrophotometer from 200-1000nm. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Medicinal uses of various fruits which were selected for the present study are shown in Table 1. Table 1. Medicinal uses of various types of fruits selected for the study Sl. Fruits name Medicinal use Reference No. 1 Apple Cardiovascular disease; chronic obstructive Wolfe et al., pulmonary disease and risk of thrombotic stroke; 2003 peel inhibit the proliferation of liver cancer cells. 2 Sweet lime Treat scurvy, indigestion, constipation, diabetes, Khan, 2016 ulcers, urinary disorder and for improvement of immune system, effective in gallstone dissolution. 3 Pear Preventing uterine cancer, wound healing, diabetes. Parle and Arzoo, 2016 4 Star fruit Fever, eye affliction, diuretic in kidney and bladder Gheewala complaints, throat inflammation, mouth ulcer, et al., 2012 toothache, cough, asthma, nausea, food poisoning, indigestion, colic diarrhea, jaundice, malarial splenomegaly. 5 Peach Cancer, heart disease, inflammation. Byrne et al., 2009 6 Pomegranate Antiparasitic agent, blood tonic and cure ulcer. Saheb et al., 2017 7 Grapes Improve memory functions in elder adults, prevent Georgiev et al., obesity and type 2 diabetes, improve liver steatosis, 2014 coronary artery disease. 8 Papaya Carminative, diuretic, chronic diarrhea, expectorant, Krishna et al., sedative, tonic, bleeding piles, relieves obesity, skin 2008. diseases, wounds of urinary tract, abortifacient, snake bite, spleenomegaly and hepatomegaly. 9 Mango Dysentery ophthalmia, eruptions, urethrorrhoea and Parvez, 2016 vaginopathy, anorexia, dyspepsia, cardiopathy, snake bite, haemoptysis, HIV, hemorrhages from uterus, lungs and intestine, emaciation, and anemia. 10. Jackfruit Diarrhea, fever, dermatitis, cough. Vazhacharickal et al., 2014

147 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 1. Contd. Sl. Fruits name Medicinal use Reference No. 11. Bengal Scabies, intestinal worms, pruritus, biliousness. Maheshwari Currant et al., 2012 12 Indian Cancer, diabetes, liver treatment, heart trouble, Khan, 2009 gooseberry ulcer, anemia and various other diseases, memory enhancing, ophthalmic disorders and lowering cholesterol level. neutralizing snake venom and as an antimicrobial. 13 Banana Constipation, diarrhea and dysentery, intestine Kumar et al., lesions, reduces risk of high blood pressure, reduces 2012 risk of stroke, excellent source of vitamins and minerals. 14 Lemon Used for alleviating orthopedic ailments, helps in Taylor and wound healing, toothache, dental caries, swollen Francis, 1986; gums, fragility of bones and bleeding of the gums, Mohanpriya gastric disorders like indigestion, constipation and et. al., 2013 peptic ulcer, neutralizes excessive bile produced by the liver, curative for tonsillitis, stops bleeding in cystitis (inflammation of urinary bladder), reduce obesity. 15 Jam Diabetes mellitus, inflammation, ulcers and diarrhea. Swami et al., 2012 16 Tamarind Effective in bile disorder, biliousness, helps in De Caluwé et al., digestion, reduce the chances of sunstroke, effective 2010 in Datura poisoning and intoxication. 17 Guava Prevent cardiovascular diseases cough, sedative, Barbalho et al., anti-diarrhea, manage hypertension, obesity and 2012 diabetes mellitus, seeds used for antimicrobial, gastrointestinal, anti-allergic and anti-carcinogenic activity. 18 Sapodilla Inflammation, pain and diarrhea. Milind and Preeti, 2015

In addion, list of some selected fruits, their local name and family is also presented in Table 2. Table 2. Pictorial list of some selected fruits with their scientific name and family Common name Sl. No. Scientific name Family Picture and Local name 1 Lemon Citrus limon Rutaceae Pati Lebu

2 Red Grapes Vitis vinifera Vitaceae Lal Angurj

148 Screening of antioxidant properties of some fruits available in kolkata markets

Table 2. Contd. Common name Sl. No. Scientific name Family Picture and Local name 3 Pomegranate Punica granatum Puniaceae Bedana

4 Indian Goose Berry Phyllanthus embelica Euphorbiaceae Amlaki

5 Tamarind Tamarindus indica Leguminoceae Tentul

6 Blue Berry Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae Jam

7 Jackfruit Artocarpus heterophyllus Moraceae Kanthal

8 Star fruit Averrhoa carambola Oxalidaceae Kamranga

9 Mango Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae Aam

10 Banana Musa paradisiaca Musaceae Kala

11 Bengal Currant Carissa carandas Apocynaceae Karamcha

12 Apple Malus pumila Rosaceae Apel

12 Sapodilla Achras sapota Sapotaceae Sabeda

13 Papaya Carica papaya Caricaceae Pepe

14 Guava Psidium guajaya Myrtaceae Peara

149 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 2. Contd. Common name Sl. No. Scientific name Family Picture and Local name 15 Peach Prumus persica Rosaceae Peach

16 Sweet Lime Citrus sinensis Rutaceae Musumbi Lebu

17 Pear Pyrus pyrifolia Rosaceae Naspati

In respect of price, the cheaper fruits were banana, papaya, Indian gooseberry, jackfruit, mango, guava and lemon whereas the comparatively expensive fruits are peach and red grapes, etc., because they are imported from foreign countries (Fig. 1). After the market survey it was observed that the maximum percentage increment of price was found for guava and minimum for lemon, etc. (Fig. 1).

200 180 160 140 120 2011 100 80 2016 60 40 20 0 Price of fruits per kg/ dozon kg/ per fruits of Price

Pear Apple Mango Peach Guava Lemon Jackfruit BananaPapaya Star fruit Sapodilla Blueberry Tamarind Sweet Lime Red grapes Pomegranate Bengal Currant Indian Gooseberry Types of fruits

Fig. 1. Comparison of price of fruits after market survey in 2011 and in 2016 (banana, sweet lime, lemon were priced per dozen whereas the others were priced per kg) Phytochemicals detected in the selected fruits are mainly the phenolic compounds, flavonoid and carotenoids and vitamin C. Most of these phytochemicals are potent antioxidants and have corresponded to the free radical scavenging activities and other biological activities of the fruits. Indian gooseberry was found to be richest for phenolic content among the selected fruit types. Besides this, phenolic content was recorded in good amount in blueberry, sweet lime and tamarind (Fig. 2). Higher values of flavonoid content were recorded in grapes, guava, apple, banana, pomegranate, sweet lime, tamarind and peach (Fig. 3). Indian gooseberry was proved to be the richest source of Vitamin C for the study. In blueberry, pomegranate, mango and tamarind it was also present as satisfactory amount (Fig. 4). For carotenoids pigment the rich sources were papaya, mango, guava, star fruit and Indian gooseberry (Fig. 5). 150 Screening of antioxidant properties of some fruits available in kolkata markets

250

200

150

100

50

0 Total Phenolic Content (mg/100 g) (mg/100 Phenolic Content Total

Pear Peach Apple Guava Mango BananaPapaya Grapes Lemon Jackfruit Sapodilla Star fruit Tamarind Blue berry Sweet Lime Pomegranate Bengal Currant Indian Gooseberry Fruit Name

Fig. 2. Total phenolic content in pulp of selected fruits

90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Flavonoid content (mg/100 g) (mg/100 content Flavonoid Pear Peach Apple Guava Mango BananaPapaya Grapes Lemon Jackfruit Sapodilla Star fruit Tamarind Blue berry Sweet Lime Pomegranate Bengal Currant Indian Gooseberry Fruits type

Fig. 3. Flavonoid content in pulp of selected fruits

120 100 80 60 40 sample) 20 0 Vitamin content C (mg/100g Pear Peach Apple Guava Mango BananaPapaya GrapesLemon Jackfruit Sapodilla Star fruit Tamarind Blue berry Sweet Lime Pomegranate Bengal Currant Indian Gooseberry Fruits type

Fig. 4. Vitamin C content in pulp of selected fruits 151 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

300 250 200 150 100 50 0 Carotenoid content (ppm) content Carotenoid

Pear Peach Apple Guava Mango BananaPapaya Grapes Lemon Jackfruit Sapodilla Star fruit Tamarind Blue berry Sweet Lime Pomegranate Bengal Currant Indian Gooseberry Fruits name

Fig. 5. Carotenoid content in pulp of selected fruits When UV-VIS analysis was done, it was found that the types of carotenoids which were present in the fruits are mainly α-carotene (in mango and papaya), canthaxanthin (in mango and papaya) and retinol2 (Indian gooseberry). Exogenous dietary antioxidants, such as, ascorbic acid (Vitamin C) and carotenoids play important role in oxidative damage (Ames et al., 1993). It was suggested by many researchers that carotenoids may mediate their effects via other mechanisms, such as, gap junction communication, cell growth regulation, modulating gene expression, immune response and as modulators of Phase I and II drug metabolizing enzymes. However, carotenoids, such as, α-carotein and α-cryptoxanthin have the added advantage of being able to be converted to Vitamin A for proper development and disease prevention Rao and Rao (2007). In developing countries like India where 22% of its population is below official poverty limit according to the Indian Government (R.B.I, 2014), nutritional quality of fruits is secondary issue followed by the price of the fruit items. Besides this, the availability and supply of some types of fruits is also a big question. Regarding all these criteria, i.e., nutritional richness, cheap price and local availability of fruits were found to be best for consumption. The nutritive values and the medicinal properties of many fruits are still in fold. This explores the necessity of research on the phytochemicals of these fruit types for future promotion on their use as food as well as medicine. To increase the value added of local fruits, it is necessary to adjust the quality and supply of the local fruits and to increase the awareness among the consumers. REFERENCES Ames, B. N., Shigenaga, M. K. and Hagen, T. M. 1993. Oxidants, antioxidants, and the degenerative diseases of aging. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90: 7915. Barbalho, S. M., Farinazzi-Machado, F. M. V., Goulart, R. A., Brunnati, A. C. S., Ottoboni, A. M. M. B. and Nicolau, C. C. T. 2012. Medicinal and Aromatic Plants, 1: 4-9.

152 Screening of antioxidant properties of some fruits available in kolkata markets

BioAstin / NaturoseTM. 2001. HPLC and spectrophotometric analysis of carotenoids from Haematococcus algae. Technical Bulletin No.-020. BioAstin / NaturoseTM. 2001. Technical Bulletin-020, Revision Date : November 9, 2001. Byrne, D. H., Noratto, G. D. and Vizzotto, M. 2016. Health benefits of peach, nectarine and plums. Actahorticulturae, 841(841): 267-273. De Caluwé, E., Halamová, K. and Damme, P. V. 2010. Tamarindus indica L. – A review of traditional uses, phytochemistry and pharmacology. Afrika focus, 23(1): 53-83. Garachh, D., Axay, P., Chakraborty, M. and Kamath, J. V. 2012. Phytochemical and pharmacological profile of Punica gratanum: An overview. IRJP, 3: 65-68. Georgiev, V., Ananga, A. and Tsolova, V. 2014. Recent advances and uses of grape flavonoids as Nutraceuticals. Nutrients, 6: 391-415. Gheewala, P., Kalaria, P., Chakraborty, M. and Kamath, J. V. 2012. Phytochemical and pharmacological profile of Averrhoa carambola Linn: An overview. International Research Journal of Pharmacy, 3(1): 88-92. Harats, D., Chevion, S., Nahir, M., Norman, Y., Sagee, O. and Berry, B. 1998. Citrus fruit supplementation reduces lipoprotein oxidation in young men ingesting a diet high in saturated fat: presumptive evidence for an interaction between Vitamins C and E in vivo. American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 67: 240-245. Kavitha, C. and Kuna, A. 2012. Effect of processing on antioxidant properties of Ber (Zizyphus mauritiana) fruit. International Journal of Science and Research (IJSR), 3(7): 2019-2025. Khan, A. A. 2016. Phytochemical and pharmacological properties on Citrus limetta (Mosambi). Journal of Chemical and Pharmaceutical Research, 8(3): 555-563. Khan, K. H. 2009. Roles of Emblica officinalisin Medicine - A Review. Botany Research International, 2(4): 218-228. Khoo, H. E., Azlan, A., Kong, K. W. and Ismail, A. 2016. Phytochemicals and medicinal properties of indigenous tropical fruits with potential for commercial development. Evidence-based complementary and alternative medicine. http:// dx.doi.org/10.1155/2016/7591951. Kimokoti, R. W. and Millen B. E. 2011. Diet, the global obesity epidemic, and prevention. Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 111(8): 1137-1140. Krishna, K. L., Paridhabi, M. and Patel, J. A. 2008. Review on nutritional, medicinal and pharmacological properties of papaya (Carica papaya Linn). Natural Product Radiance, 7(4): 364-373. Maheshwari, R., Sharma, A. and Verma, D. 2012. Phyto-therapeutic significance of Karaunda, Bull. Env. Pharmacol. Life Scien., 1(12): 34-36.

153 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Milind, P. and Preeti. 2015. Chickoo - A wonderful gift from nature. Int. J. Res. Ayurveda Pharm. 6(4): 544-550. Negi, S. and Anand, N. 2015. Supply chain of fruits and vegetables’ agribusiness in Uttarakhand (India): Major issues and challenges. Advanced Journal of Agricultural Research, 1(6): 95-104. Mohanpriya, M., Ramaswamy, L. and Rajendran, R. 2013. Health and medicinal properties of lemon (Citrus limunum), 3(1): 1095-1100. Parle, M. and Arzoo, 2016. Why is Pear so dear? Int. J. Res. Ayurveda Pharm., 7(Suppl 1): 108-113. Parvez, G. M. M. 2016. Pharmacological activities of mango (Mangifera indica): A Review Journal of Pharmacognosy and Phytochemistry, 5(3): 01-07. Rao, A. V. and Rao, L. G. 2007. Carotenoids and human health. Pharmacological Research, 55: 207-216. Ravindran, R. D., Vashist, P., Gupta, S. K., Young, I. S., Maraini, G., Camparini, M., Jayanthi, R., John, N., Fitzpartick., Chakravarty, U., Ravilla, T. D. and Fletcher, A. E. 2011. Inverse association of Vitamin C with cataract in older people in India. Ophthalmology, 118(10): 1958-1965. Reserve Bank of India. “Number and Percentage of Population Below Poverty Line”. Retrieved 4 April 2014. Sadasivam, S. and Manickam, A. 1992. Biochemical Methods. New Age International (P) Limited Publishers, New Delhi, pp. 205-06. Saheb, K., Patol, A. and Bhise, K. S. 2017. Antioxidant activity of pomegranate peel powder. J. Drug delivery and Therapeucities, 7(2): 81-84. Shivaprasad, T. 2006. A study on quality grading and prices of important tropical fruit crops in Dharwad district. Thesis submitted to the University of Agricultural Sciences, Dharwad. Swami, S. B., Thakor, N. S. J., Patil, M. M. and Haldankar, P. M. 2012. Jamun (Syzygium cumini (L.) : A review of its food and medicinal uses. Food and Nutrition Sciences, 3: 1100-1117. Vazhacharickal, P. J., Sajeshkumar, N. K., Mathew, J. J., Kuriakose, A. C. Abraham, B., Mathew, R. J., Albin, A. N., Thomson, D., Thomas, R. S., Varghese, N. and Jose, S. 2014. Chemistry and medicinal properties of jackfruit (Artocarpus heterophyllus): A review on current status of knowledge. International Journal of Innovative Research and Review, 3(2): 83-95. Wolfe, K., Wu, X. and Liu, R. H. 2003. Antioxidant activity of Apple peels. J. Agric. Food Chem., 51: 609-614. Zhishen, J., Mengcheng, T. and Jianming, W. 1999. The determination of flavonoid contents in mulberry and their scavenging effects on superoxide radicals. Food Chemistry, 64: 555-559.

154 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) : 155-159, 2017 Print : ISSN : 0973-0834 Impact Factor : 0.342 (2015) Online : ISSN : 2454-2601 Received : 3 July, 2017 / Accepted : 30 July, 2017 / Published Online : December, 2017

DEPLETION OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS IN THE LEAVES OF BANI (AVICENNIA ALBA BLUME), GUAVA (PSIDIUM GUAJAVA LINN.), JUTE (CORCHORUS CAPSULARIS LINN.) AND PUMPKIN (BENINCASA CERIFERA SAVI) DUE TO FEEDING OF MITE

Sanjib Ghoshal Postgraduate Department of Zoology, Bangabasi College, Kolkata-09, India

ABSTRACT Results of a preliminary study on depletion of organic compounds in the leaves of bani (Avicennia alba), guava (Psidium guajava), jute (Corchorus Capsularis) and pumpkin (Benincasa Cerifera) due to mite infestation are presented in the paper. Keywords : Mites, Infestations, Organic compounds, Bani, Guava, Jute, Pumpkin INTRODUCTION Infestation of various pests including mites is known to cause depletion of organic compounds in plants leading to their physiological and morphological changes (Hervert and Butler, 1973; Golek, 1975; Shree and Nataraj, 1993). Since nothing is known as to what extent the feeding of different species of mites influence changes in the biochemical components of leaves of bani, guava, jute and pumpkin, it was thought desirable to undertake a preliminary study on this aspect and the results there of are presented in this paper. MATERIALS AND METHODS Heavily infested leaves as well as uninfested healthy leaves of bani (Avicennia alba Blume), guava (Psidium guajava Linn.), jute (Corchorus capsularis Linn.) and pumpkin (Benincasa cerifera Savi) were collected from field at Bamankhali, Sagar Island, South 24-paraganas district of West Bengal and tested separately for estimating depletion or increase of organic components like chlorophyll, total protein, total carbohydrate and total phenol. The estimation of chlorophyll was done following Arnon (1949). Total carbohydrate was estimated using Anthrone reagent. Phenol was estimated following Spies (1955) while the estimation of total protein was done by the method suggested by Lowry and Folin (1951). The entire study was made during August, 2000 and July, 2003. 155 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

All experiments were repeated five times. The results thus obtained were subjected to statistical calculation and are given in Table 1. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION As shown in Table 1, a marked depletion in percentage content of organic compounds was recorded excepting in case of total phenol, where percentage of increase was recorded. Table 1. Increase or decrease of organic compounds in leaves of different plants due to mite feeding

Name of Control Infested Percentage of organic (Average amount ± SD) (Average amount ± SD) decrease or components [n=5] [n=5] increase (Average percentage ± SD) [n=5] In case of Bani (Avicennia alba ) infested with Schizotetranychus hindustanicus Chlorophyll 9.00 ± 0.47 mg/gm 8.70 ± 0.59 mg/gm 3.25 ± 0.33 (d) Total protein 78.00 ± 1.25 µg/gm 65.30 ± 0.98 µg/gm 16.28 ± 0.41 (d) Phenol 0.436 ± 0.35 µg/gm 0.445 ± 0.49 µg/gm 1.12 ± 0.26 (i) Total 1.8 ± 0.68 mg/100 mg 1.63 ± 0.39 mg/100 mg 9.44 ± 0.84 (d) carbohydrate sample sample In case of Guava (Psidium guajava) infested with Eotetranychus hicoriae Chlorophyll 3.20 ± 0.33 mg/gm 2.25 ± 0.02 mg/gm 20.25 ± 0.22 (d) Total protein 120.00 ± 2.36 µg/gm 83.70 ± 1.86 µg/gm 30.25 ± 0.59 (d) Phenol 0.262 ± 0.21 µg/gm 0.290 ± 0.25 µg/gm 0.75 ± 0.06 (i) Total 2.50 ± 0.81 mg/100 mg 1.60 ± 0.67 mg/100 mg 26.00 ± 0.28 (d) carbohydrate sample sample In case of Jute (Corchorus capsularis) infested with Polyphagotarsonemus latus Chlorophyll 5.6 ± 0.33 mg/gm 4.84 ± 0.89 mg/gm 13.45 ± 0.17 (d) Total Protein 55.00 ± 0.08 µg/gm 31.90 ± 0.53 µg/gm 42.0 ± 0.25(d) Phenol 1.31 ± 0.61 µg/gm 1.40 ± 0.74 µg/gm 8.20 ± 0.27 (i) Total 4.50 ± 0.56 mg/100 mg 1.97 ± 0.37 mg/100 mg 56.22 ± 0.93 (d) Carbohydrate sample sample In case of Pumpkin (Benincasa cerifera) infested with Tetranychus urticae Chlorophyll 2.10 ± 0.16 mg/gm 0.99 ± 0.14 mg/gm 52.55 ± 1.03 (d) Total Protein 85.00 ± 0.63 µg/gm 60.89 ± 0.89 µg/gm 28.36 ± 0.98 (d) Phenol 0.124 ± 0.08 µg/gm 0.129 ± 0.02 µg/gm 4.36 ± 0.67 (i) Total 3.70 ± 0.68 mg/100 mg 2.20 ± 0.77 mg/100 mg 40.54 ± 0.84 (d) Carbohydrate sample sample (i) = Percentage increase, (d) = Percentage decrease, n = number of experiments.

156 Depletion of organic compounds in the leaves of bani.....

The percentage of depletion in case of chlorophyll, total protein and total carbohydrate contents were 3.25 ± 0.33, 16.28 ± 0.41 and 9.44 ± 0.84 respectively in case of Bani, 20.25 ± 0.22, 30.25 ± 0.59 and 26.00 ± 0.28, in case of guava, 13.45 ± 0.17, 42.0 ± 0.25 and 56.22 ± 0.93 in case of jute and 52.55 ± 1.03, 28.36 ± 0.98 and 40.54 ± 0.84 respectively in case of pumpkin. But in case of phenol, the percentage of increase was 1.12 ± 0.26 in case of bani, 0.75 ± 0.06 in case of guava, 8.20 ± 0.27 in case of jute and 4.36 ± 0.67 in case of pumpkin. The decrease in chlorophyll level is due to mechanical damage of chloroplasts of leaves caused by mite feeding or it may be due to decolouration of chloroplasts. According to Tomezyk and Kropzynska (1985) the water stress induced by mite feeding may have an influence on chlorophyll metabolism of injured cells or mat due to cell disturbances and removal of chloroplasts. Kolodoziej et al. (1979) indicated positive correlation between increase in mite density with decrease in chlorophyll. Contrary to this, Poskuta et al. (1975) and Sances et al. (1979, 1982) indicated that damage to chlorophyll due to mite feeding was quite low even in high mite density. Chatterjee and Gupta (1997) reported chlorophyll damage to the extent of 33.62% on Luffa acutangula due to infestation of Tetranychus ludeni while Nangia et al.(1999) reported chlorophyll loss on different varieties of mulberry due to feeding of Eotetranychus suginamensis as 153.75% on MS variety, 185.00% in S-54 variety, 74.50% in Mysore local variety and 12.60% in RFS 175 variety. Goyal and Sadana (1983) reported chlorophyll loss as 63.12% mg/m2 on Coleus sp. infested by Brevipalpus obvatus and Sumangala and Haq (1995) reported it as 47% over uninfested leaves in case of Eichhornia crassipes due to feeding of Eutetranychus orientalis. Therefore, in view of the above reports, the chlorophyll loss as was seen in the present case was low. Chlorophyll loss due to mite feeding was also reported by Van de Vrie et al. (1972) and Atanosov (1973). In the present study, the increase in phenolic compounds was observed as 1.12 ± 0.26% in case of bani, 0.75 ± 0.06% in case of guava, 8.20 ± 0.27% in case of jute and 4.36 ± 0.67% in case of pumpkin. Similar observation towards increase of phenolic compounds was also reported by Kielkiewiez (1981) and according to this author the increase was noticed in upper and lower epidermis after mite feeding though its reduction was observed in palisade parenchyma. As regards total protein, the reduction was seen to be 16.28 ± 0.41% in case of bani, 30.25 ± 0.59% in case of guava, 42.0 ± 0.25% in case of jute and 28.36 ± 0.98% in case of pumpkin which was indeed very high. Similar observation was recorded by Nangia et al. (1999) where depletion varied from 57.50% in Mysore local variety of mulberry leaves to 38.80% in RFS-175 variety, due to feeding of Eotetranychus suginamensis. They attributed this depletion due to their breakdown by proteolytic enzymes secreted by mites and subsequent utilization of that by the concerned mite. Agarwal et al. (1982), Zukova (1963) and Goyal and Sadana (1983) also made similar observations, i.e., reduction of protein due to feeding by different species of mites.

157 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Regarding total carbohydrate, the percentage decrease was alarmingly high, i.e., 9.44 ± 0.84 in case of bani, 26.00 ± 0.28 in case of guava, 56.22 ± 0.93 in case of jute and 40.54 ± 0.84 in case of pumpkin. Similar observation was made by Nangia et al. (1999) where the decrease was reported to be 12.30% in MS variety, 17.55% in S-54 variety, 19.10% in Mysore local variety and 12.70% in RFS-175 variety of mulberry due to feeding on Eotetranychus suginamensis. Usha et al. (1999) reported changes in the level of total sugar, reducing sugar and non-reducing sugar due to mite infestation. Non-reducing sugar reduced significantly in plants infested by mites but reducing sugar content did not differ significantly between infested and uninfested leaves. The changes of organic compounds of leaves because of mite feeding brought about changes in physiological functioning of leaves producing the characteristic damage symptoms on leaves in the form of yellowing and browning of leaves, curling and crinkling specially on young leaves, etc. All such leaves dried up, plants suffered defoliation and all these contributed towards reducing the yield. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The author is thankful to the authorities of Jadavpur University for extending help for providing laboratory facilities for analysis of biochemical components of leaves. REFERENCES Agarwal, M. L., Kumar, S., Goel, A. K. and Tayal, M. S. 1982. Analysis of the effect of mite feeding in tea plants in Darjeeling Indian phytopathol., 35: 438-441. Arnon, A. 1949. Analysis methods of total carbohydrate in plants. Annal. Biochem., 3: 41-57. Atanasov, M. 1973. Physiological functions of plants as affected by damage caused by Tetranychus atlanticus McGregor, In: Proc. 3rd int. Congr. Acarol, Prague: 183-186. Chatterjee, Koel and Gupta, S. K. 1997. Depletion of mineral, inorganic and organic compounds in leaves of sponge gourd (Luffa acutangula Roxb) due to feeding of mite Tetranychus ludeni. J. Ent. Res., 21(3): 233-235. Goyal, Meena and Sadana, G. L. 1983. Quantitative changes in some biochenmical components of Coleus sp. in response to infestation by Brevipalpus obovatus (Tenuipalpidae: Acarina) and factors affecting its suitability as host. Indian J. Acar., 8(1): 22-30. Kielkiewiez, M. 1981. Physiological, anatomical and cytological changes in leaves of two strawberry varieties (Fragaria grandiflora Duch) resulting from feeding by two spider mite (Tetranychus urticae koch). Dissertation, Agricultural University of Warraw : 1-95.

158 Depletion of organic compounds in the leaves of bani.....

Kolodziej, A., Krospezynska, D. and Postkuta, J. 1979. Comparative studies on carbon dioxide exchange rates of strawberry and chrysanthemum plants infested with Tetranychus urticae Koch. In: E. Piffl (Ed). Proc. 4th int. Congr. Acarol. Saalfeden: 209-214. Lowry, W. and Folin, J. 1951. Estimation of total protein. Ann. Biochem., 14: 15-32. Nangia, N., Jagadish, P. S and Nageschandra, B. K. 1999. Biochemical changes in different varities of mulberry infested by Eotetranychus suginamensis. J. Acarol., 15: 29-31. Poskuta, J., Kolodziej, A. and Kropczynska, D. 1975. Phytosynthesis, photo- respiration and respiration of strawberry plants as influenced by infestation with Tetranychus urticae (Koch). Fruit Sci. Rep., 2: 1-17. Sances, F. V., Tosceno, N. C., Hoffman, M. P., Lafre, L. F., Johnson, M. W and Bailey, J. B. 1982. Physiological responses of avocado leaves to avocado brown mite feeding injury. Environ. Ent., 11: 516-518. Sances, F. V., Wyman, J. A. and Ting, J. P. 1979. Physiological responses to spider mite infestation on strawberry. Environ. Entomol., 8: 711-714. Spies, J. R 1955. Methods of estimation of total phenol content from the plant extraction. In: Methods of enzymology. Colonick, S.P. & Kapan, N.P.O (eds.) Vol. III: 461-477. Summangala, K. and Haq, M. A., 1995. Chlorophyll depletion in Eichhornia crassipes due to feeding and colonization by Eutetranychus orientalis. Abst. V National Symp. Acarol. Bangalore : pp. 40-41. Tomezyk, A. and Kropzynska, D. 1985. Effect on the plant, their biology, natural enemies and control. In: Spider mites (Eds. W.B. Helle & W.M. Sabelis). Elserer. Amasterdam: pp. 317-329. Usha, R. V., Mallik, B and Kumar Harish. 1999. Biochemical changes in french bean plant grown under different water stress levels and their effect on population of Tetranychus urticae (Acari: Tetranychidae). J. Acarol., 15: 25-28. Van de Vrie, M., McMurtry, J. A. and Huffaker, C. B. 1972. Ecology of tetranychid mites and their natural enemies. A review III. Biology, ecology and pest status and host plant relations of Tetranychus. Hilgardia, 41: 343-432. Zukova, V. P., 1963. Feeding mechanisms of the spider mite Tetranychus telarias Tr. Nauchno-Iseleb. Inst. Zoshch. Rast. Uzb SSR., 6: 13-18.

159 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS OF SEBA

H ECOTOXICOLOGY AND HUMAN WELFARE, Vol. 4 (No. 1) April, 2007 (14 articles) H SERICULTURE AND HUMAN WELFARE, Vol. 5 (No. 1) June, 2008 (16 articles) H FISH AND FISHERIES, Vol. 6 (No. 1) June, 2009 (16 articles) H WETLAND BIODIVERSITY, Vol. 7 (No. 2) December, 2010 (18 articles) H BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION, Vol. 8 (No. 1) March, 2011 (18 articles) H DNA BARCODING, Vol. 10 (No. 1) June, 2013 (14 articles) H NATURAL RESOURCE AND HERITAGE, Vol. 11 (No. 1) June, 2014 (15 articles) H AQUARESOURCES, Vol. 12 (No. 1) June, 2015 (18 articles) H EXPLORING MODERN APPROACH TO BIOSCIENCES, Vol. 13 (No. 1) June, 2016 (18 articles) H SERICULTURE AND SOCIOECONOMIC IMPACT, Vol. 13 (No. 2) December, 2016 (13 articles)

ATTENTION

Notes and News

Ø SEBA under “Training Education and Research Orientation Course” intends to impart training, education, counselling, exploratory skill development and research orientation courses for undergraduate and post graduate students in the country. College and university teachers, students and researchers are requested to contact for need based courses and express their requirements, if any and share experiences on attending the course to this column. Contact persons: Dr. N. C. Nandi (Email: [email protected]; Mobile: 09831537281) and Dr. Rina Chakraborty (Email: [email protected]; Mobile : 09231876302) - SEBA

Ø SEBA introducing SEBA Fellow, Article of Merit Awards, Young Scientist Awards, Small grants etc.

Ø SEBA journal, viz., J. Environ. & Sociobiol., is UGC enlisted journal. Please vide Sl. No. 863, journal No. 7378.

160 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) : 161-170, 2017 Print : ISSN : 0973-0834 Impact Factor : 0.342 (2015) Online : ISSN : 2454-2601 Received : 10 May, 2017 / Accepted : 28 June, 2017 / Published Online : December, 2017

THE VULNERABLE SUNDERBAN ECOSYSTEM: PROBLEMS AHEAD FROM ECOLOGICAL AND BIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES

Dipan Adhikari Hooghly Mohsin College, Chinsurah, Hooghly, India-712101

ABSTRACT Sunderban is found at the coast of the Ganges river and designated as the world’s single largest mangrove forest with 3.5 percent of the world’s mangroves covering an area of 6017 sq km. The Sunderban wetlands act as a natural buffer that protects the coastal area from storm surges and cyclones in pre and post monsoon periods. However, due to increase in irrigation of agriculture, industrial activity and the diversion of Ganges water at Farakka Barrage (India) in early 1975, both siltation and salinity have increased in Sunderban which has become an ever-increasing threat for the Sunderban ecosystem. Consequently the dominant Sundari (Heritiera fomes) and Goran (Ceriops decendra) are affected by top-dying disease which has been emerging as a great point of concern. Management of water salinity simulation and landscape modelling would be a proper tool for decision making and allow planners to protect the Sunderban ecosystem from this threat in future. Sunderban, the only mangrove tiger-land of the globe is presently under threat of severe coastal erosion due to relative sea level rise. The once largest progressing delta which registers the highest species diversity in terms of mangrove and mangrove associate flora and fauna is now showing evidences which suggest that rich biodiversity is under tremendous threat. Increasingly, this deltaic island system is facing degradation due to natural and anthropogenic changes. Frequent embankment failures, submergence and flooding, beach erosion and siltation at jetties and navigational channels, cyclone and storm surges are all promulgating this area increasingly vulnerable. In addition, alarming growth of population in this ecologically sensitive and fragile niche has posed a major threat for its very existence. Wide scale reclamation, deforestation and unsustainable resource exploitation practices have together produced changes in the physical and socio-biological dynamics of the coastal system.

Keywords: Delta, River Ganges, Sunderban, Mangrove ecosystem, Royal Bengal Tiger, Sundari, Cyclone, Deforestation.

161 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

INTRODUCTION The statllite pictures taken from the Western part of Sunderban (i.e., the part falling in West Bengal), by the remote sensing technology revealed that in between the dense mangrove forest, especially the central part has been gradually thinning out appearing like a bald head. These alarming changes clearly gave the impression that the central forest cover of Sunderban has been gradually depleting even though the eastern part is more or less remaining unchanged. To probe it unanimously the West Bengal Forest Department, Sunderban Biosphere Reserve, Remote Sensing Department, Sunderban Tiger Reserve Project Officials along with Central Forest and Environmental Ministry and Survey of India initiated to work together and came up with alarming facts. Satellite data (Fig. 1) produced pictures that the rivers flowing through the Western side of Sunderban (mainly through West Bengal districts) have been either coming to death or have lost the capacity to hold waters. This is why the Western regions of Sunderaban have lost the natural water share and gradually getting drier. The central part of Sunderban is not receiving any sweet water (i.e., rain water) and as a result, out of high tides only salty water is able to inundate the central region of this big assemblage of small islands and the inhabiting forest line. Gradually this natural process has been taking a big toll on the natural sweet water content of this belt by increasing the salinity percentage of the western Sunderban thus nullifying the natural growth of Sundari and Sodari plants. Once the sweet water supply is blocked for these plants, the result is the untimely unnatural death of these vital plants in this region according to all plant biologists which ultimately would lead to a natural catastrophe inviting an imbalanced semblance of this whole region.

Fig. 1. A satellite image of Indian Sunderban; W, C and E represent Western, Central and Eastern parts of Indian Sunderban under the present study. 162 The vulnerable sunderban ecosystem: problems ahead from ecological.....

THE GEOLOGICAL UPDATE The Indian part of Sunderban lies between 21º30´ N and 22º40´48´´ N latitude and 88º1´48´´E and 89º04´48´´ E longitude. It is delimited in the north by the so called ‘Dampier-Hodges line’ picked up from satellite imagery (Fig. 1). In the south, the Sunderban is bound by the Bay of Bengal. The river Hoogly (in the west) and the river Harinbhanga– Raimangal –Ichamati (in the east) demarcate the western and eastern boundaries respectively. Up to the year 1770, the total area of Sunderban of India and Bangladesh was estimated to be around 36,000 sq km, which at present, stands to be 25,000 sq km. The Indian part consists of 9630 sq km and the rest lies within Bangladesh. Out of the 9630 sq km, 4264 sq km of wetland / mangrove constitutes reserve forests, which in turn comprises of 2195 sq km of wetland – mangroves and 2069 sq km of tidal river belt. This means that the reclamed area round 5,366 sq km is used for human settlements in 19 blocks (13 in South 24 Parganas and 6 in the North 24 Parganas). The Sunderban island system is geologically very recent. The Delta outbuilding of Ganga-Brahmaputra system though initiated at the end of Miocene, could have reached the present location of Sunderban delta, not more than 10,000 years back (Pleistocene to Recent).The geological formation covering the island system belongs to the so called ‘Bengal Alluvium’. The facies and palaeo environmental maps prepared in 1986 (Raman and Neogi, 1986), show an eastward progressing delta changing southward since the early Miocene, with a position of shoreline change from NE-SW to nearly E-W in the Quaternary. In the Pleistocene- Recent period, depositional trends changed significantly. The discontinuation of the eastward thickening of sedimentary formations is probably due to the reduction in the rate of subsidence of the Bengal Basin floor along the N-S axis, leading to rapid filling up of the basin. The Pleistocene eustatic sea level fall has created widespread terraces and deep erosion of valleys by lowering of base level (Alam, 1996). The sediments brought in by the Ganga-Brahmaputra system during the post-Pleistocene period probably bypassed the deltaic part for a great extent, which contributed to the rapid growth of Bengal deep sea fan (Biswas, 1993). During the recent times the Bengal delta acquired a typical tide dominated lobate form with a tidal range varying between 3.7 m and 5 m. The estuarine mouth of Hoogly and it’s numerous distributaries like Saptamukhi, Jamira, etc., acquired a typical seaward flaring funnel shaped pattern. Due to progressive shallowing of channels, the height of tidal bore became maximum 6.4 m and further inland this increased to 7.17 m (Tide Table of Hooghly river, 1984). The flood and ebb tides have a semi-diurnal nature (12.5 hrs interval), which occur twice daily. Within this cycle floodwater flows for 2-3 hrs duration. At the remaining 8-9 hours, the estuary is covered by ebb tide flow of lesser velocity. From the very begining, Sunderban with it’s numerous large and small islands remains a subsiding delta, with vertical up building. An intricate network of distributaries, channels and tidal creeks dissect the area forming numerous plano- convex islands made up of silt and silty clay. The islands of 3 to 8 m height, are partially/ often completely inundated by water during high tide. The subsidence in

163 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) these areas is comparatively more severe than in the open coastal parts of Digha and these are often manifested by mild earth tremors occasionally. Accordingly it has been reported (Morgan and McIntire, 1959) that the Bengal Basin, and this part of the deltaic plain are gradually tilting towards east. This has probably caused the main fresh water discharge to shift gradually eastward (through Bangladesh) imposing severe stress on freshwater budget for Hooghly-Matla estuary. According to Milliman et al. (1989) the eastern part of the Sunderban delta is experiencing a higher rate of subsidence due to sediment loading. This subsidence rate is often close to 6 mm/year as measured at some places of Bangladesh. The tide dominated estuarine system exhibits typical flow separation, with downstream freshwater flows along the right bank and upstream saline water tide flowing along the leftbank (eastern) of the channel. The Hooghly-Matla estuary however experiences a higher rate of freshwater discharge than its eastern counterpart and therefore is less saline and comparatively well mixed. The salinity gradient increases eastward from Matla river as the erstwhile rivers have now been partially/completely cut from their freshwater source and contain tidal water only, apart from the seasonal rainwater that flows from the islands. ECOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE According to some ecologists this uneven tilting of the deltaic region (after reviewing the satellite picures) have brought about the dilapidated condition of the Bidyadhori river, one of the richest source of sweet water in this region, which has almost stopped the supply of sweet water in this region. Additionally the sweet water supply through Matla river is also abysmally low. The lion’s share of sweet water in Ganges has also been shifting towards Bangladesh after the construction of Farraka Dam. This situation has been speeded up by several other anthropogenic disturbances. The natural flow of sweet water of several tributaries have been checked by setting up of innumerable number of check dams for commercial prawn cultivation which holds back sweet water in rainy seasons making the these rivers almost dry resulting the reduction in the total percentage of sweet water content in Sunderban. Nearly 75% of the total land mass of Sunderban falls in Bangladesh and rest 25% remains in India (West Bengal). The cooperative research between India and Bangladesh remains inadequate to get a clear picture of natural vegetation cover, their origin, physiology, occurrence and perpetuation for the plant biologists. Recently an initiative has been launched by WWF, Water for People in Bangladesh, and the Environment Governed Integrated Organization in India with the financial aid from the World Bank and an international workshop has been arranged bringing together the Political Heads of India and Bangladesh in contact with the researches and Environmentalists of both the counties. The three day workshop focussed on the thrust to save Sunderban with a deep survey in the interiors of Sundaban to reach out to the core of the problem.

164 The vulnerable sunderban ecosystem: problems ahead from ecological.....

The representative of Bangladesh affirmed that the part of the Sunderban (in Bangladesh) has observed a steady decline of Sundari (Heritiera fomes Buch, Ham) of nearly 76% and that of Gewa (Excoecaria agallocha) plant nearly 80%. They have pointed out that out of several sweet water rivers only Baleshwar and Pasua have the regular flow of sweet water and rest of the rivers have either become dry or dead as their source of sweet water is almost disturbed/blocked. Few rivers have their direct connection and water share from Meghna and Bramhaputra. Owing to the presence of Farakka Dam the major sweet water flow of Ganges is getting diverted in the summer seasons, which is detaining the sweet water share of Baleshwar and Pasura throughout the year. Contrastingly, in these small and big rivers, the number of water boats, steamers, small fishing ships, etc., has been increasing day by day spilling out un-burnt oil and mobil in the rivers. During high tides these heavy oils, mobil and diesel are being carried to the upper parts of the Sunderban islands making a choke-a-block situation for the growth of natural mangrove populations. In India if we concentrate at the situations in South 24 Parganas district, especially a place called Haroah, which depicts another true story which is being one of the root causes of several problems. During high tide, the Matla rives is almost blocked owing to high sedimentation. Water can not go far beyond the adjunct forests. This has resulted now the almost non-existent Canning River Port. At Haroa the salt and marshy water is being trapped in bheri to culture prawns. The river shore lands are engulfed by brick mafia and prawn cultivars. Same picture is depicted on the other parts of Bangladesh especially in Gobra and Satkhira district, Burigoalini, Munshigunj and Kulna districts (Roy, 2015). Today environmentalist groups are demanding for a proper survey to probe into how many and which many numbers of flora and fauna have already been vanquished from this deltaic region. Despite a total ban on all killing or capture of wildlife other than fish and some invertebrates, it appears that there is a consistent pattern of depleted biodiversity or loss of species (notably at least six mammals and one important reptile) in the 20th century, and that the “ecological quality of the original mangrove forest is declining” (Hussain and Acharya, 1994). BIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE The endangered species that live within the Sunderban include the Royal Bengal tigers, estuarine crocodile, northern river terrapins (Batagur baska), olive ridley sea turtles, Gangetic dolphin, ground turtles, hawksbill sea turtles and king crabs. Some species, such as, hog deer (Axis porcinus), water buffalos (Bubalus bubalis), barasingha or swamp deer (Cervus duvauceli), Javan rhinoceros (Rhinoceros sondaicus) and single horned rhinoceros (Rhinoceros unicornis) have become extinct in Sunderban towards the middle of the 20th century, due to extensive poaching and man hunting by the British.

165 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Environmentalists working on Sunderban have opined for the legislature to keep a watch on the indiscriminate catching of prawn hatchlings and fish hatchlings in a day to day basis in this region. The authorities are unable/unwilling to provide any alternatives to the local fishermen community who largely depend catching these fish hatchlings to meet the both ends. Those who catch only the prawn hatchlings simply dump the fish hatchlings of different species which have large nutritional values also. While catching these hatchlings with small nets lots of plant propagules and marine and benthic faunal species are trapped and destroyed indiscriminately. Contrastingly river ecosystems are destroyed by big trawlers and steamer boats carrying huge fishing nets to catch fishes. These nets are simply gobbling up everything from deep shorelines. Sunderban is also famous for The Roayl Bengal Tiger (Panthera trigis trigris) and astonishingly the very existence of this “Big Cat” is at stake. Recent survey has revealed that in contrast to the total number of tigers all across India, the number of tigers in Sunderban is all time low in recent years putting forth the question about the survival rate of this species. According to the Ministry of Forest, Environment and Climate change the grip of “Global Warming” is very much operational to take a heavy toll on the survival percentage of tigers in this context also. Owing to the mercurial rise in the average temperature every year, the average water level rise in sea shores is being at alarmingly high, resulting in ultimate loss of natural habitat of these tigers (Tables 1 & 2) (Thakur, 2015).

Table 1. A list of true mangrove species from Indian Sunderban region with their IUCN status

Family Species IUCN Status Rhizophoraceae Ceriops decandra/roxburghian Near threatened Sonneratiaceae Sonneratia griffithii Critically endangered Plumbaginaceae Aegialitis rotundifolia Near threatened Sterculiaceae Heritiera fomes Endangered Palmae/Arecaceae Phoenix paludosa Near threatened

Table 2. Land loss out of water level rise (in sq km) Name of the Island Year (2001) Year (2014) % loss Sagar 244.43 237.00 7 Namkhana 150.15 142.12 9 Ghoramara 5.33 3.62 2 Dhanchi 36.08 32.18 3.9 Bhangaduni 31.13 24.14 7.15 Jambudeep 6.28 3.98 2.26

166 The vulnerable sunderban ecosystem: problems ahead from ecological.....

In the year 2015 an ethnographic study, conducted by a team of researchers from Heidelberg University in Germany, comprising a world famous group of German Environmentalists found a crisis brewing in the Sunderban. The study contended that poor planning on the part of the India and Bangladesh governments coupled with natural ecological changes were forcing the flight of human capital from the region. This extensively long study has recently been published which indicated that out of global warming the rate of water level increase has been alarming and just within 40 years the Royal Bengal Tiger will shift to Bangaldesh. The group led by Oliver Henrich stated that the situation is reviewed minutely and it reveals that within the last 5 years Sunderban’s adjoining sea shore level water rise has been 17.9 mm/year. Before the year 2000 the annual average water rise was 3.14 mm/year. According to Oliver (Foundation, Thompson, 2015) during high tide huge amount of salt water from sea encroaches the main land of Sunderban upto the interior. He explained that the salt water reaches the interior of the middle heartland of Sunderban and as a result a large portion of the land mass has been transformed into salt-rich mud flat or salt basin. In some low islands these mud flat or salt basin has takenthe shape of the low line marshy salt-land. In this salty land mass no plant is able to grow/thrive. Automatically the natural habitat of Royal Bengal Tiger (Panthera tigris trigris), which is composed mainly out of deep forest of Passur (Xylocarpus granatum) and Kankra (Bruguiera gymnorrhiza) is fast disappearing. Among palms, Poresia coaractata, Myriostachya wightiana and golpata (Nypa fruticans), and Goran (Ceriops decandra) are fast disappearing because of salt mud flat accumulation. Every year this natural habitat of Tiger is being inundated by sea salt water which gets clogged here haltering the natural growth of mangrove trees and grass land leaving vast areas barren. The result leads the resultant decrease of natural herbivore animals like spotted deer (Axis axis), Indian muntjacs (Muntiacus muntjak), wild boars (Sus scrofa), and even rhesus macaque (Macaca mulatta), etc., who can not thrive without grasses, namely, spear grass (Imperata cylindrica) and khagra (Phragmites karka) and sweet water bays hampering the natural food chain of mangrove forest. So the main question is that out of loss of the regular population of herbivores coupled with loss of natural habitat of tigers putting forth the regular existence of tigers at big stake. Delayed onset of monsoon and excessive temperature rise during summer have led big threats to the life of people of Sunderban. In the year 2009 the deadly Ayela had devastated the agricultural lands. Today these land mass is totally barren because of high salinity. The salinity percentage has not reduced upto a manageable content even after 6 years leaving the lands totally unfit for crops. People are now thronging for Kolkata and other parts of India for survival. Out of increase in sea shore water rise, Jammudeep has lost its topography. A 2007 report by UNESCO, on “Case Studies on Climate Change and World Heritage” has stated that an anthropogenic 45-centimetre (18 in) rise in sea level (likely by the end of the 21st century, according to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change), combined with other forms of anthropogenic stress on the Sunderban, could lead to the destruction of 75 percent

167 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) of the Sunderban mangroves (UNESCO, 2007). Already, Lohachara Island and New Moore Island/South Talpatti Island have disappeared under the sea, and Ghoramara Island is half submerged. Mousumi Island is now almost below sea water. People living in these islands previously are now searching other green pastures cleaning other parts of forest for their habitat destroying the natural habitat of tigers. Trawlers and river boats are spilling oils in the rivers in a regular basis which are gradually getting settled near the tree roots clogging pneumatophores, hampering the propagation of Golpata and other commercially valued mangrove plants. The toxic effects of these oil spills on plant growth have been still an untapped area of research for environmentalists. Today the overall existence of Sunderban is at stake. The total forest cover is being at the verge of extinction. The veracity of problems in Sunderban can be broadly catergorised as follows. 1. Owing to rise of world’s average temperature arctic ice bergs are melting in a rapid pace which in turn lifting up the water levels of sea water. This huge water is gradually gobbling up the sea shore line and adjoining habitats which are true for low line areas of Sunderban also. In the last two decades, out of water rising four islands, viz, Redfort, Suparibanga, Kabasgadi and Lohachara are being completely inundated. In the last decade the water rise has reached up to 3.14 mm in comparison to the world average of 2 mm/year. Environmentalists are of fear that if the problem of global warming is not managed in an urgent basis then dire consequences are to be faced soon. 2. The second reason is the occurrence of Psunami-Ayela. In the last 40 years Sunderban has faced 64 deadly tornados. In the last decade the preponderance of typhoons and tornados all over the world has witnessed an overall 20% increase. Environmental catastrophes are gradually engulfing the very existence of flora and fauna in this fragile ecosystem. The total percentage of Sundari (Heritiera fomes) in Sunderban is rapidly declining endowing it to a status of “Endangered Species”. The First World Countries which are mainly responsible for “Global Warming” through green house gas emissions are showing a cold shoulder to solve these problems pushing the problems in the helm of Third Wold Countries which are bogged up with the problem of over population, poverty and food scarcity. Instead of finding this as a “Global Challenge” number of seminars are being arranged to pelt stones to each other wishfully to do away the main problem. The inner reasons are grimier. Out of 102 small and big islands which composed the modern day Sunderban, 56 islands are already been overcrowded by 45 million inhabitants. Only 48 islands fall into the core area of forest region. All the inhabitants are gradually losing faith and confidence to live at Sunderban. The reasons are manifold : 1. A single crop can be reaped from Sunderban soil. But a single cropping does not fetch all the necessities for the farmers throughout the year. Small or medium scale industries are totally absent in the region to fetch living for the unskilled labours 168 The vulnerable sunderban ecosystem: problems ahead from ecological..... in this region. Forest is being the only source of fish, wax, honey, wood and timber and that too the supply is irregular as proportion of forest is declining rapidly. 2. Not a single inch of agricultural land has increased against heavy land erosion. Irrigation facilities are being in the reach of only 15-20% of the total farmers. 3. High yielding rice varieties are being encouraged to sow to the farmers which demand heavy fertilizers and irrigation of water. These heavy use of fertilizers are gradually taking a heavy toll on the water holding capacity of the soil. Natural fertility of the soils is being reduced day by day because of heavy use of toxic pesticides. Moreover the production cost of 1 quintal rice/hector is escalating day by day owing to high cost of fertilizers and pesticides. Inhabitants are being in a state of disapproval where the total amount of agricultural land is decreasing gradually with high cost of production, coupled with overarching population growth increasing consumerism ultimately resulting in a dys-balanced ecosystem with un-proportionate economic system. CONCLUSION What Gandhi and Tagore tried to implement as rural improvement and upliftment of human standards through self sufficiency has now become a far cry here. What they propounded has been through implementation of sustainable development in coercion with nature and human settlement without harming the nature’s laws and doctrine to meet out the daily needs. But what seems today is an approach to nullify the problems in Sunderban through cosmetic surgery without a thorough inspection of the reasons and causes. An overall scientific probing and time-bound priority based management is the need of the day to save Sunderban. Everyone is now trying to vacate themselves from Sunderban. It is getting the shape of a greater socio-political than from the level of a regional problem which needs to be addressed from a greater geo-political perspective. As a whole the overall sustenance of Sunderban is at “STAKE” and the accumulation of outer and inner problems are making the whole scenario at the brink of “dire consequences” to wither away the total existence of Sunderban. REFERENCE Alam, M. 1996. Subsidence of Ganges-Brahmaputra Delta and associated drainage, sedimentation and salinity problems. In : Milliman, J.D., Haq, B.U. (Ed.) Sea Level Rise and Coastal Subsidence, consequences and strategies, pp. 169-192. Kluwer Academic Publisher. Barik, J and Chowdhury, S. 2014. True Mangrove species of Sundarbans delta, West Bengal, Eastern India. Check List, 10(2): 329-334, 2014, ISSN 1809-127X (available at www.checklist.org.br). Biswas, S. K. 1993. Classification of Indian sedimentary basins in the framework of platetetonics. Proc. 2nd Seminar on Petroliferous Basins of India, 1991, Vol. 1, pp. 1-46, in Biswas, S. K. et al. (Eds.): Indian Petroleum Publishers, Dehradun, India.

169 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Case Studies of Climate Change, UNESCO, 2007. Foundation, Thomson. “ ‘Everyday disasters’ driving flight from Sundarbans”. www. trust.org. Retrieved 2015-06-05. Foundation, Thomson. “Poor planning, climate shifts devastating India’s Sundarbans”. www.trust.org. Retrieved 2015-06-05. Hussain, Z. and G. Acharya, 1994. (Eds.) Mangroves of the Sundarbans. Volume two : Bangladesh. IUCN, Bangkok, Thailand. Milliman, J. D., Broadus, D. J. M. and Gable, F. 1989. Environmental and economic implications of rising sea level and subsiding deltas: The Nile and Bengal examples. Ambio, 18(6): 340-345. Morgan, J. P. and McIntire, W. G. 1959. Quaternary Geology of the Bengal Basin, East Pakistan and Burma. Bull. Geol. Sic. Am. 70: 319-342. Raman, K. S. and Neogi, B. B. 1986. Exploration leads from the study of geochemical data. Bull. Oil Natural Gas Comm., 23(1): 163-174. Roy, R. 2015. “Sagor o Sunderbon” Aandabazar Patrika, 50, 24th April, 2015. Thakur, D. G. 2015. “Sunderban Marche: Amra Darshoker Bhumikaye”. Anandabarzar Patrika, 7th April, 2015.

170 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) : 171-178, 2017 Print : ISSN : 0973-0834 Impact Factor : 0.342 (2015) Online : ISSN : 2454-2601 Received : 25 July, 2017 / Accepted : 15 August, 2017 / Published Online : December, 2017

MODELLING TREE DIAMETER DISTRIBUTION WITH A CASE STUDY FROM GARHBETA SAL COPPICE FOREST, PASCHIM MEDINIPUR DISTRICT, WEST BENGAL

Sumanta Pasari1 and N. C. Nandi2 1Birla Institute of Technology and Science Pilani, Jhunjhunu, Rajasthan; 2Social Environmental and Biological Association, Kolkata

ABSTRACT In forestry, statistical modelling has long been an effective tool in quantitative assessment of tree sizes using probability distributions on tree diameters at breast height (dbh). It is however still unclear that which family of probability distributions, viz., symmetric, skewed, or heavy-tailed models are more flexible to this end, especially in forests within a small area like Garhbeta sal (Shorea robusta) coppice forest of Paschim Medinipur district, West Bengal. Thus, a comprehensive analysis of several descriptive and inferential statistics is provided here to identify the best-fit probability distribution in tree diameter estimation. The sample dataset comprises tree diameters (22 cm – 44 cm) of 80 randomly selected sal trees, aged between 40–50 years. Twelve candidate probability distributions are evaluated in this study. The Maximum Likelihood Estimation (MLE) method is used for parameter estimation. Results from two goodness-of-fit criteria reveal that (i) the exponentiated exponential distribution provides the best fit, (ii) the Frechet (inverse Weibull), gamma, Gaussian, inverse Gaussian, lognormal and Weibull distributions provide the intermediate fit, and (iii) the rest, namely, exponential, Levy, Maxwell, Pareto and Rayleigh distributions fit poorly to the observed tree diameters in the study area. Finally, some theoretical issues related to the selection of appropriate models are discussed. However, further studies encompassing multi-variable tree diameter data are recommended to strengthen the modelling results towards commercial timber production assessment in forests.

Keywords: Garhbeta forest, Probability distributions, Diameter modelling, Model selection

Email: [email protected], [email protected]

171 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

INTRODUCTION Estimation of tree diameter is a simple yet efficient tool in timber production analysis of tropical forests. The forest health monitoring, tree growth testing of different species and forest-based harvest activity planning are some of the major applications of tree diameter distributions (Lima et al., 2015). Traditionally, the timber production in forests is estimated from the tree density and tree sizes measured from stem diameter at breast height (dbh). A set of continuous probability distributions, hereafter referred as models, are generally utilized for this purpose. However, there are different views on the suitability and appropriateness of probability models in this direction (Bliss and Reinker, 1964; Bailey and Dell, 1973; Hafley and Schreuder, 1977; Lai et al., 2003; Zhang et al., 2014; Lima et al., 2015). The present study thus provides a sequential process of model identification and model selection in stem dbh distributions using a representative set of twelve probability models from a spectrum of symmetric, skewed, and heavy-tailed probability models. Some theoretical and practical modelling related issues are also addressed. MATERIALS AND METHODS Modelling tree diameter distributions is a three-fold process. The first step aims at the sample data collection, candidate model identification and their descriptions. The second step discusses estimation of model parameters along with their uncertainties, whereas the third step focuses on the choice of the best-fit models. Besides, a number of descriptive statistics, viz., sample mean, median, variance, skewness, kurtosis, and quartiles are often studied to describe basic features of a sample dataset.

The study area, about 2 km × 2 km subplot, belongs to the Panikotor forest range circle under Garhbeta-III community development Block in Medinipur Sadar subdivision of Paschim Medinipur district in West Bengal State, India. The tropical medium-to-high density sal coppice forests are developed here on the alluvial and red-lateritic soil. A finite random sampling method (e.g., Anderson et al., 2014) is used to select stem diameters of 80 sal (Shorea robusta) trees (main stands) aged between 40–50 years. Each of these randomly selected diameters is treated as independent and identically distributed (i.i.d) continuous random variable for further analysis. Twelve candidate probability models, namely, exponential, exponentiated exponential, Frechet (inverse Weibull), gamma, Gaussian, inverse Gaussian, Levy, lognormal, Maxwell, Pareto, Rayleigh, and Weibull are considered here. The Maximum Likelihood Estimation (MLE) technique that maximizes the likelihood (log-likelihood) function for a given sample is used for parameter estimation (e.g., Johnson et al., 1995). Simultaneous comparison (prioritization) of the models is evaluated on the basis of two goodness-of-fit tests: Akaike Information Criteria (AIC) and Kolmogorov- Smirnov (K-S) minimum distance criterion. The AIC (AIC = 2k – 2 In L) identifies an appropriate economical model considering the log-likelihood (In L) value and number of parameters (k), while the non-parametric K-S test evaluates model performance based on their relative closeness (or, separation) to an Empirical Distribution Function (EDF) of observed dbh data (Pasari and Dikshit, 2014).

172 Modelling tree diameter distribution with a case study from Garhbeta.....

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Descriptive statistics The sample dbh varies from 22 cm – 44 cm with a sample mean 30.1 cm, median 29 cm, standard deviation 5.1 cm, skewness 0.58, kurtosis –0.41, and quartiles 26 cm (lower), and 33.3 cm (upper). Positive skewness in the present data indicates an elongation towards right, whereas negative kurtosis refers to a relatively flat shape than the Gaussian model (Johnson et al., 1995). Quartiles, that divide the entire range into four halves, are used to detect any outliers (spurious data points, often distant from other observations) present in a numeric dataset.

Parameter estimation The estimated parameter values of the twelve studied models are provided in Table 1. During the implementation of numerical optimization programs, it is observed that ML-estimates of exponentiated exponential, Frechet, and Weibull models require some iterative non-linear equation solving routines to generate final estimates, while the scale parameter in Pareto model, due to its bounded nature, finds its estimation from the minimum of the observed dbh values.

Table 1. Estimated parameter values of the studied models

Parameter Parameter Model Model values values Exponential αˆ 30.1375 Inverse Gaussian αˆ 30.1375 ˆ 1104.1619 Exponentiated Exponential αˆ 0.2450 β Levy αˆ 29.3368 βˆ 898.5746 Lognormal αˆ 3.3921 Frechet αˆ 27.4560 βˆ 0.1642

βˆ 7.0650 Maxwell αˆ 17.6443 Pareto a αˆ Gamma αˆ 0.8245 22.0000 βˆ 3.3217 βˆ 36.5529 Rayleigh αˆ 21.6097 Gaussian αˆ 30.1375 Weibull αˆ 32.3358 βˆ 5.0689 βˆ 6.1100

Model selection The AIC values and K-S distances for model selection process are provided in Table 2, whereas the K-S graph is graphically presented in Fig. 1.

173 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 2. Model selection results using two goodness-of-fit criteria Distribution AIC K-S Distance Impression a Exponential 706.9232 0.5198 Poorly fit Exponentiated Exponential 482.3118 0.0852 Best fit Frechet 483.7845 0.0947 Intermediate fit Gamma 486.2287 0.1245 Intermediate fit Gaussian 490.7295 0.1384 Intermediate fit Inverse Gaussian 484.5848 0.1470 Intermediate fit Levy 772.8248 0.5858 Poorly fit Lognormal 484.7452 0.1173 Intermediate fit Maxwell 570.4551 0.5568 Poorly fit Pareto 514.6575 0.5750 Poorly fit Rayleigh 602.6716 0.4171 Poorly fit Weibull 499.3455 0.1354 Intermediate fit Note : a From the goodness-of-fit measures, three clusters have been formed on the basis of increasing AIC values and K-S distances. These clusters provide a categorization of the competitive models into three different groups, that is, the best-fit models, intermediate-fit models and the poorly-fit models. These clusters are (i) AIC≤483 and K-S≤0.09, for the best-fit models (ii) 483500 and K-S>0.40, for the poorly-fit distributions.

Fig. 1. K-S graph for seven competitive distributions. Note : Separation (or closeness) between the Empirical Distribution Function (EDF) of the sample data and each fitted distribution is highlighted to provide a judgement for an “overall fit” to the stem dbh data.

174 Modelling tree diameter distribution with a case study from Garhbeta.....

A careful observation of Table 2 results in the following best-to-worst ranking of the twelve candidate probability distributions in terms of their relative fit to the observed stem dbh data. The exponentiated exponential model, due to its least AIC score and minimum K-S distance, is considered to be the most appropriate model to describe the population characteristic. The other six models, namely, Frechet, gamma, Gaussian, inverse Gaussian, lognormal and Weibull, for which the AIC value or K-S distances are quite close to each other, can be classified as the intermediate suitable model in tree dbh analysis. The rest of the models, namely, exponential, Levy, Maxwell, Pareto and Rayleigh distributions fit poorly to the observed tree diameters in the study area. Apart from the binary comparison of numerical AIC and K-S distances, the K-S graph in Fig. 1 further describes the “overall” model fit to the EDF of observed sample data. The seven models presented in Fig. 1 depict a great amount of overlap, keeping no scope for further distinction. Apart from timber productions, these sal coppice forests host several NTFPs, such as, sal-leaf plate and bowls, resin, sal-seed oil-cake, lamp oil and vegetable cooking oil and dry sal leaves as traditional cooking fuel for domestic usages. The aboveground biomass and carbon stock characterization, site-identification for Normalized Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI) analysis (a graphical vegetation quality indicator based on remote sensing measurements) and forest succession status management are several other secondary achievements directly or indirectly benefitted from the present tree diameter modelling (Coomes and Allen, 2007; Zhang et al., 2014; Lima et al., 2015). Symmetric, skewed, and heavy-tailed probability models are evaluated here. Density functions of the studied models portray a variety of shapes: Gaussian distribution is symmetric; exponential, gamma, lognormal, Maxwell, and Rayleigh models have positive skewness; exponentiated exponential, inverse Gaussian and Weibull distributions assume diverse shapes depending on the choice of model parameters; Frechet, Levy, lognormal, Pareto, and Weibull (with shape parameter less than 1) distributions belong to the category of heavy-tailed models (tail is thicker than that of exponential distribution). The exponentiated exponential, gamma, and the Weibull models are direct extensions of the one-parameter exponential distribution. However, unlike exponential model, the presence of shape parameter in the other models enables a variety of appearances of their density functions (Johnson et al., 1995). The usual domains for ten probability distributions are the positive real line, whereas for the Gaussian distribution, the domain extends for the entire real line, and for the Pareto model, the domain is bounded by its completeness threshold (Pasari, 2015). Historically, the exponential model, due to its easy interpretation and wide applications in biological sciences, used to be considered as the primary model in stem dbh estimation. Later, the variants and generalizations of exponential distributions, namely, gamma, lognormal and Weibull models became very popular in tree diameter

175 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) modelling (Bliss and Reinker, 1964; Bailey and Dell, 1973; Hafley and Schreuder, 1977; Zhang et al., 2014; Lima et al., 2015). However, these classical models have some serious theoretical drawbacks. For instance, the exponential model has memoryless (forgetfulness) property; distribution or survival function of gamma model with non- integer shape parameter is computationally expensive; closed form expression of sum or mean of Weibull and lognormal random samples is difficult to achieve (Johnson et al., 1995). As a consequence, the last few decades have witnessed a surge of modifications and generalizations of conventional models either by introducing some new parameters to a popular model or by combining two-or-more existing models with an aim to obtain a better fit to stem dbh (Podlaski, 2008; Lima et al., 2014). The present study provides maximum likelihood estimates of model parameters which meet several desirable estimations criteria, such as, consistency, large-sample asymptotic normality, and invariance to re-parameterizations (Johnson et al., 1995). Although closed form solutions of the maximum likelihood equations cannot be expected always, the MLE approach is often preferred to other estimation methods, such as moment or percentile estimations and expected maximizations (Zhang et al. 2003; Hogg et al., 2005; Pasari and Dikshit, 2014). Overall, the two-parameter family of models are observed to be more flexible in empirical modelling of dbh distributions in the present study. It may be noted that the exponentiated exponential model although has outperformed to the present data, its parent distribution (exponential) has shown an inferior representation. This indicates that an additional location parameter in exponential, gamma, and Weibull distributions, or the presence of another shape parameter in Weibull or gamma models (such as, exponentiated class of models) could provide superior fit to the tree dbh estimations (Lima et al., 2015; Pasari, 2015). As each candidate probability model has its inherent strengths and weaknesses, the model fit to a data should not be the sole criterion to prioritize one model over another (Lima et al., 2015). If the model characteristics of a specific distribution agree with the theoretical process of the underlined phenomenon, one should give more priority to such models irrespective of their model fit. For example, if we are concerned about the tree hazard (failure rate or force of mortality) studies, the models that provide non-monotonic bathtub-like hazard functions (e.g., Frechet, exponentiated Weibull, exponentiated Rayleigh) could be more appropriate (Pasari, 2015). Similarly, a Weibull distribution could explain the process better if the mortality is constant, but growth is a power-law function of tree size (Muller-Landau et al., 2006). The exponential model, due to its memoryless property and constant hazard function, is preferable when individual mortality and growth are independent of tree sizes (Muller-Landau et al., 2006). The gamma model, in contrary, considers mortality as a wear-out process generated by the build up of independent but successive damages or stress-events (Leiva et al., 2009). The lognormal model, due to multiplicative reproductive property, assumes a multiplicative degradation process (Leiva et al.,

176 Modelling tree diameter distribution with a case study from Garhbeta.....

2009). Besides, the asymptotic nature of hazard functions can also be used to decipher upon the end-point hazard scenario of a process (Pasari, 2015). Therefore, the present study although sheds more light on a chronological stem dbh modelling process, extensive investigations encompassing multi-parameter tree data are necessary to arrive at a reasonably global probability model for stem dbh estimations. We could have experienced different results or different inferences if the data comes from a natural forest or from a larger area. Other theoretical and practical aspects like the random sampling method, consistency criterion in MLE and more importantly, the physical correspondence of the empirical results should be addressed in more details. The MLE although seems to provide satisfactory estimations, other advanced estimation techniques, such as, Bayesian estimation (e.g., Zhang et al., 2014) could be further exploited with prior information. Besides, the future research work may quantify the parametric uncertainties (e.g., asymptotic standard deviation and confidence limits of model parameters) of the ML-estimates with the help of Fisher Information Matrix (FIM) based surrogate approach (Hogg et al., 2015; Pasari, 2015). These parametric uncertainties may further be linked to the error estimation in final deliverables (e.g., timber productions) for an interactive forest management system (Taubert et al., 2013). CONCLUSION As a whole, the present study brings out the following conclusions: The exponentiated exponential distribution provides the best fit, while Frechet, gamma, Gaussian, inverse Gaussian, lognormal and Weibull distributions provide the intermediate fit, and the rest, namely exponential, Levy, Maxwell, Pareto and Rayleigh distributions fit poorly to the observed tree diameters in the study area. Additional studies encompassing multi-variable tree diameter data are necessary to strengthen the present modelling results towards a commercial timber production assessment in natural or managed forests. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The logistic support of Panikotor forest range office in tree dbh data collection is thankfully acknowledged. This work is partially supported by a fund received from Research Initiation Grant (RIG) at BITS Pilani, Pilani campus. We also thank Dr. Rakhee (BITS Pilani) for reviewing the early version of the manuscript. REFERENCES Anderson, D. R., Sweeney, D. J., Williams, T. A., Camm, J. D. and Cochran, J. J. 2014. Statistics for Business and Economics, 12 edn., Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., pp. 1088. Bailey, R. I. and Dell, T. R. 1973. Quantifying diameter distributions with the Weibull functions. Forest Sci., 19: 97-104.

177 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Bliss, C. I. and Reinker, K. A. 1964. A lognormal approach to diameter distributions in even-aged stands. Forest Sci., 10: 350-360. Coomes, D. A. and Allen, R. B. 2007. Mortality and tree-size distributions in natural mixed-age forests. J. Ecol. 95: 27-40. Hafley, W. I. and Schreuder, H. T. 1977. Statistical distributions for diameter and height data in even-aged stands. Can. J. For. Res. 7: 481-487. Hogg, R. V., Mckean, J. W. and Craig, A. T. 2015. Introduction to mathematical statistics. 6th edn, PRC Press: 718. Johnson, N. L., Kotz, S. and Balakrishnan, N. 1995. Continuous univariate distributions. Vol. 2, 2nd edn., Wiley-Interscience : 752. Lai, C. D., Xie. M. and Murthy, D. N. P. 2003. A modified Weibull distribution. IEEE Trans. Rel. 52: 33-37. Leiva, V., Barros, M. and Paula, G. A. 2009. Generalized Birnbaum-Saunders models using R. Brazilian Statistical Association, Sao Paulo, Brazil : 329. Lima, R. A. F., Batista, J. L. F. and Prado, P. I. 2015. Modeling tree diameter distributions in natural forests: an evaluation of 10 statistical models. Forest Sci., 61(2): 320-327. Muller-Landau, H. C. et al. 2006. Coparing tropical forest tree size distributions with the predictions of metabolic ecology and equilibrium models. Ecol. Lett. 9: 589-602. Pasari, S. 2015. Understanding Himalayan Tectonics from Geodetic and Stochastic Modeling. PhD Thesis, Indian Institute of Technology Kanpur, India Pasari, S. and Dikshit, O. 2014. Impact of three-parameter Weibull models in probabilistic assessment of earthquake hazards. Pure Appl. Geophys. 171(7): 1251-1281. Podlaski, R. 2008. Characterization of diameter distribution data in near-natural forests using the Birnbaum-Saunders distribution. Can. J. For. Res. 38: 518-527. Taubert, F., Hartig, F., Dobner, H. J. and Huth, A. 2013. On the challenge of fitting tree size distributions in ecology. PLoS One 8: e58036. Zhang, L., Packard, K. C. and Liu, C. 2003. A comparison of estimation methods for fitiing Weibull and Johnson’s SB distributions to mixed spruce-fir stands in northeastern North America. Can. J. For. Res., 33: 1340-1347. Zhang, X., Duan, A., Zhang, J. and Xiang, C. 2014. Estimating tree height-diameter models with the Bayesian method. Scientific World J. ID: 683691.

178 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) : 179-186, 2017 Print : ISSN : 0973-0834 Impact Factor : 0.342 (2015) Online : ISSN : 2454-2601 Received : 10 May, 2017 / Accepted : 25 June, 2017 / Published Online : December, 2017

A REPORT ON MOTH FAUNA (INSECTA : LEPIDOPTERA) IN NEORA VALLEY NATIONAL PARK, WEST BENGAL, INDIA

Suresh Kr. Shah1#, Bulganin Mitra2, Apurva Das3 and Purnendu Mishra4 1, 4 Zoological Survey of India, M-Block, New Alipore, Kolkata-700053 2 Academy of Biodiversity Conservation (ABC), Kolkata-700055 3 Vidyasagar College, Block CL, Sector 2, Salt Lake, Kolkata-91 # Corresponding author: [email protected]

ABSTRACT The present communication reports occurrence of 52 species of in Neora Valley National Park, West Bengal. Of them, 12 species were reported by Mandal (1992). The rest of 40 species have been collected using light trap at Lava, the entrance of Neora Valley National Park on its western boundary during the faunistic surveys carried out in the year 2014. Among these, fifteen species have been found as new record to the moth fauna of West Bengal. Keywords: Moth, Neora Valley, West Bengal INTRODUCTION The Neora Valley is a part of Himalayan landscape. It is a ‘V’ shaped mountainous terrain with altitude ranging between c 350 and 3,000 m and occupies an area of 380 km2 in Eastern Himalaya. It has temperate to tropical and even subalpine climate depending upon elevation. The type of vegetation ranges from temperate to tropical amidst the deciduous, semi-evergreen and evergreen zones of Eastern Himalaya. The Neora Valley National Park (NP) is situated in Darjeeling district of West Bengal. It is accessible from the Lava, a village on western ridge of the NP situated 105 km north of New Jalpaiguri. The first biological exploration of Neora Valley was undertaken by Forest Development Corporation, West Bengal in the year 1979. The Zoological Survey of India (Z.S.I.) and the Botanical Survey of India (B.S.I.) had jointly taken up surveys this valley in the year 1981. Both these surveys were carried out mainly along eastern ridge of the Neora Valley NP. It was surveyed for first time via western ridge of the NP during the expedition of 1982. As a result of which Mandal (1992) published occurrence of 34 species and subspecies of moths and butterflies (Lepidoptera). Of

179 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) them, 12 species were moths. Thereafter there has been very fringe information of lepidopteran especially moths from Neora Valley NP. The present work communicates information of 52 species of moths from Neora Valley NP. It comprises of 40 species collected during recent field surveys conducted in the year 2014 and also already published 12 species as mentioned earlier. MATERIAL AND METHODS During field surveys of Northern West Bengal in the year 2014 the authors collected adult moths at Lava village (N 27°05.190´ E 88°39.743´; alt. c 2,038 m), the gateway of Neora Valley NP on 23.vi.2014. In Figure 1 the map of survey site has been given by reproducing it from Google satellite imagery. The Light sheet trap (35 watt coiled type CFL lamp lighted in front of the white sheet of cloth) was operated in the balcony of a lodge from 6.00 pm to 01.00 am on a cloudy and drizzly day; temperature being around 12° C. The specimens were collected and killed in a killing bottle containing cotton pad soaked with ethyl acetate. After killing, the specimens were transferred to envelope. The collected specimens, after bringing in Z.S.I. laboratory, were further processed using standard methods (Arora, 1986). The specimens were then identified with the help of standard literatures (Hampson, 1892, 1894, 1895; Holloway, 1985, 1988, 1989, 1993) and also by comparing reference collections of National Zoological Collection (N.Z.C.), Z.S.I., Kolkata. The nomenclature for families and subfamilies has been followed according to Nieukerken et al, (2011). The list of species (Table 1) has been prepared by compiling of previously published information (Mandal, 1992) and current findings. The identified specimens have been deposited in National Zoological Collection of Z.S.I., Kolkata. The photographs of specimens were taken from Nikon DSLR camera.

Fig. 1. Map of survey site (Lava, Neora Valley)

180 A report on moth fauna (insecta: lepidoptera) in neora valley national park.....

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION A total of 140 specimens comprising of 40 species of 35 genera belonging to 10 families (with Z.S.I Reg. no. shown in Table 1; Plates 1 and 2) have been collected. Of these, first distribution record of fifteen species (marked with #; Plate 1) from West Bengal have been shown in Table 1. The family Erebiidae have been found dominant which contained 7 genera and 12 species followed by Geometridae (9 genera and 9 species), Noctuidae (7 genera and 7 species), Crambidae (5 genera and 5 species) and (2 genera and 2 species). Each of the families Bombycidae, Drepanidae, , Hyblaeidae and Sphingidae included only 1 genus and 1 species respectively. Mandal (1992) reported twelve species (marked with* in Table 1) of moths from Neora Valley NP. Of them, only seven (Sl. nos. 18, 32, 42-44, 46, 49 in Table 1) species he collected at Lava (alt. c 2,400 m., temperature 4-10° C, 22. xi. 1982). During present survey neither of those seven species nor representative species of the families Saturniidae and Eupterotidae have been recorded. The present survey work revealed 40 species which is about thrice the number of the earlier reported twelve species as stated earliar. Table 1. List of moth species so far recorded from Neora Valley NP

No. of specimens Sl. Family Subfamily Species name examined with No. ZSI Reg. no. 1. Bombycidae Prismostictinae Mustilia falcipennis Walker 1 (4635/H10) 2. Crambidae Pyraustinae Pygospila tyres Cramer 6 (4600/H10) 3. Crambidae Pyraustinae #Nevrina procopia Cramer 1 (4637/H10) 4. Crambidae Spilomelinae Parotis marginata Hampson 8 (4601/H10) 5. Crambidae Spilomelinae Pycnarmon abraxalis Walker 10(4605/H10) 6. Crambidae Spilomelinae Glyphodes stolalis Guenee 1 (4638/H10) 7. Drepanidae Unassigned Macrocilix mysticata (Walker) 1 (4624/H10) 8. Arctiinae Agylla remelana (Moore) 40 (4599/H10) & (4608/H10) 9. Erebidae Arctiinae Spilosoma punctatum Moore 5 (4609/H10) 10. Erebidae Arctiinae Agylla beema Moore 3 (4610/H10) 11. Erebiidae Arctiinae Creatonotos transiens (Walker) 1 (4631/H10) 12. Erebiidae Arctiinae #Spilosoma dalbergiae (Moore) 1 (4629/H10) 13. Erebiidae Arctiinae Spilosoma subfascia Walker 5 (4630/H10) 14. Erebiidae Arctiinae *Nyctemera adversata (Schaller) – 15. Erebidae Aganainae #Asota caricae (Fabricius) 1 (4602/H10) 16. Erebidae Aganainae Asota alciphron (Fabricius) 2 (4603/H10) 17. Erebidae Lymantriinae Gazalina chrysolopha Kollar 2 (4611/H10) 18. Erebidae Lymantriinae *Leucoma serica (Meyrick) – 19. Erebidae Erebinae Ericeia inangulata Guenee 1 (4613/H10)

181 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 1 contd, No. of specimens Sl. Family Subfamily Species name examined with No. ZSI Reg. no. 20. Erebidae Erebinae Mocis undata Fabricius 2 (4614/H10) 21. Erebidae Erebinae Mocis frugalis Fabricius 1 (4615/H10) 22. Eupterotidae Eupterotinae *Eupterote undata (Blanchard) – 23. Geometridae Geometrinae #Arichanna transectata Walker 1 (4620/H10) 24. Geometridae Geometrinae #Pseudoterpna crocina Butler 4 (4621/H10) 25. Geometridae Ennominae #Medasina mucidaria Walker 1 (4622/H10) 26. Geometridae Ennominae Racotis inconclusa Walker 1 (4623/H10) 27. Geometridae Ennominae Biston bengalaria Guenee 1 (4625/H10) 28. Geometridae Ennominae Medasina albidaria Walker 1 (4626/H10) 29. Geometridae Ennominae #Tanaorrhinus luteoviridata Walker 1 (4627/H10) 30. Geometridae Ennominae Dalima truncataria Moore 1 (4628/H10) 31. Geometridae Ennominae Garaeus specularis Moore 1 (4634/H10) 32. Geometridae Sterrhinae *Synegiodes sanguinaria (Meyrick) – 33. Geometridae Ennominae *Ourapteryx ebuleataebuleata – (Guenee) 34. Hyblaeidae Unassigned Hyblaea puera (Cramer) 16(4606/H10) 35. Noctuidae Haeninae #Hypernaenia atrovirens Walker 1 (4604/H10) 36. Noctuidae Catocalinae Trigonodes hyppasia Cramer 1 (4607/H10) 37. Noctuidae Catocalinae #Hypocala subsatura Guenee 1 (4639/H10) 38. Noctuidae Hypeninae #Dichromia trigonalis Guenee 9 (4612/H10) 39. Noctuidae Hadeninae #Diphthera pulchripicta Walker 1 (4616/H10) 40. Noctuidae Plusiinae #Chrysodeixis eriosoma Doubleday 1 (4617/H10) 41. Noctuidae Noctuinae Spodoptera litura Fabricius 2 (4640/H10) 42. Noctuidae Noctuinae *Agrotis segetum (Denis & – Schiffermuller) 43. Noctuidae Bleninae *Blenina quinaria Meyrick – 44. Noctuidae Acronictinae *Diphtherocome discibrunnea – (Meyrick) 45. Noctuidae Plusiinae *Autographa nigrisigna (Walker) – 46. Noctuidae *Eudocima tyrannus (Guenee) – 47. Notodontidae Unassigned Damata longipennis Walker 1 (4632/H10) 48. Notodontidae Dudusinae #Netria multispinae Schintlmeister 1 (4633/H10) 49. Saturniidae Saturniinae *Caligula thiebeta extensa (Butler) – 50. Sphingidae Macroglosiinae #Deilephila elepenor Linnaeus 1 (4636/H10) 51. Sphingidae Sphinginae *Acherontia lachesis (Fabricius) – 52. Nolidae Westermanniinae #Westermannia superba Hubner 1 (4677/H10) 182 A report on moth fauna (insecta: lepidoptera) in neora valley national park.....

Plate 1 (Moth species recorded for the first time from West Bengal)

Nevrinaprocopia Cramer Spilosomadalbergiae (Moore) Asotacaricae (Fabricius)

Arichannatransectata Pseudoterpnacrocina Butler Medasinamucidaria Walker Walker

Tanaorrhinusluteoviridata Hypernaeniaatrovirens Hypocalasubsatura Walker Walker Guenee

Dichromiatrigonalis Diphtherapulchripicta Chrysodeixiseriosoma Guenee Walker Doubleday

Netriamultispinae Deilephila elepenor Linnaeus Westermanniasuperba Schintlmeister Hubner

183 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Plate 2 (Some other moth species recorded during present survey work)

Mustiliafalcipennis Pygospila tyres Parotis marginata Pycnarmonabraxalis Walker Cramer Hampson Walker

Glyphodesstolalis Agylla ramelanaE Agylla ramelanaG Spilosomapunctatum Guenee (Moore) (Moore) Moore

Agyllabeema Moore Creatonotostransiens Spilosomasubfascia Asota alciphron (Walker) Walker (Fabricius)

Gazalinachrysolopha Ericeiainangulata Mocisundata Mocis frugalis Kollar Guenee Fabricius Fabricius

Bistonbengalaria Medasinaalbidaria Dalimatruncataria Garaeusspecularis Guenee Walker Moore Moore

Hyblaeapuera Trigonodeshyppasia Spodopteralitura Damata longipennis (Cramer) Cramer Fabricius Walker 184 A report on moth fauna (insecta: lepidoptera) in neora valley national park.....

During present survey work the collection has been made in pre-monsoon season at only one location, that is, at Lava which is entry point of the NP. The earlier surveys were carried out for more than a month duration covering more number of localities at varying elevations inside the NP during post monsoon season. Also, moths of the families Eupterotidae and Saturniidae are known to be dwelling in dense forest habitats and could only be collected late at night. These might be the reasons for not recording the twelve species which have been reported earlier by Mandal (1992). Overall 52 species of moths have been found to occur in Neora Valley NP (Table 1). It constitutes nearly 6% of known moth fauna of West Bengal (Bhattacharya, 1997a, 1997b; Ghosh et al., 1997a, 1997b; Gupta, 1997; Mandal and Ghosh, 1997; Mandal and Maulik, 1997; Sanyal et al., 2012). The information obtained as a result of this work highlights only a fraction of moth fauna that occur in Neora Valley NP. The new distribution record of sixteen species from West Bengal indicates that still there is scope to carry out surveys in Neora Valley NP to unveil overall diversity of moths.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The authors are grateful to the Director, Dr. Kailash Chandra, Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata for his encouragements and for providing laboratory facilities to carry out the work. We also extend our sincere thanks to Dr. K. C. Gopi, Additional Director, Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata for his critical comments and valuable inputs during entire process of the work which made this publication possible to bring out in present shape. REFERENCES Arora, G. S. 1986. On methods of Collection and Preservation of Lepidoptera. Collection, Preservation and Identification of Insects and Mites of Economic Importance. Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata, India , pp. 109-120. Bhattacharya, D. P. 1997a. Insecta: Lepidoptera: Zygaenidae. Fauna of West Bengal, State Fauna Series, 3(7): 225-246. Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata. Bhattacharya, D. P. 1997b. Insecta: Lepidoptera : Pyralidae. Fauna of West Bengal, State Fauna Series, 3(7): 319-408. Zoological Survey of India. Kolkata. Ghosh, S. K. and Chaudhury, M. 1997a. Insecta: Lepidoptera: Arctiidae. Fauna of West Bengal, State Fauna Series, 3(7): 247-274. Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata. Ghosh, S. K. and Chaudhury, M. 1997b. Insecta: Lepidoptera: Cteniuchidae and Hypsidae. Fauna of West Bengal, State Fauna Series, 3(7): 689-704. Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata. Gupta, I. J. 1997. Insecta: Lepidoptera: Saturniidae. Fauna of West Bengal, State Fauna Series, 3(7): 409-428. Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata.

185 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Hampson, G. F. 1892. The fauna of British India including Ceylon and Burma: Moths, vol. I. Taylor and Francis Ltd., London , pp. 1-527. Hampson, G. F. 1894. The fauna of British India including Ceylon and Burma: Moths, vols. II. Taylor and Francis Ltd., London , pp. 1-609. Hampson, G. F. 1895. The fauna of British India including Ceylon and Burma: Moths, vols. III. Taylor and Francis Ltd., London , pp. 1-546. Holloway, J. D. 1985. The Moths of Borneo: Family Noctuidae, subfamilies Euteliinae, Stictopterinae, Plusiinae, Pantherinae. Mal. Nat. Jour., 38: 157-317. Holloway, J. D. 1988. The Moths of Borneo: Family Arctiidae, Subfamilies Syntominae, Euchromiinae, Arctiinae; Noctuidae misplaced in Arctiidae (Camptoloma, Aganainae). Southdene, Kuala Lumpur , pp. 1-101. Holloway, J. D. 1989. The Moths of Borneo: family Noctuidae, subfamilies Noctuinae, Heliothinae, Hadeninae, Acronictinae, Amphipyrinae, Agaristinae. Mal. Nat. Jour., 42: 57-228. Holloway, J. D. 1993. The Moths of Borneo: Family Geometridae, Ennominae, Part- 11. Southdene, Kuala Lumpur, pp. 1-309. Mandal, D. K. and Ghosh, S. K. 1997. Insecta: Lepidoptera: Heterocera: Geometridae. Fauna of West Bengal, State Fauna Series, 3(7): 491-532. Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata. Mandal, D. K. and Maulik, D. R. 1997. Insecta: Lepidoptera: Heterocera: Sphingidae, Lasciocampidae, Lymantriidae and Ratardidae. Fauna of West Bengal, State Fauna Series, 3(7): 613-688. Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata. Mandal, D. K. 1992. On a collection of Lepidoptera from the Neora Valley and vicinity, West Bengal, India. Records Zoological Survey of India, 92(1-4): 23-40. Nieukerken et al. 2011. Order Lepidoptera Linnaeus, 1758. (Ed. Zhang, Z.-Q.) Animal biodiversity: An outline of higher-level classification and survey of taxonomic richness, Zootaxa (3148), Magnolia Press , pp. 212-217. Sanyal, A. K., Alfred J. R. B., Venkataraman K., Tiwari, S. K. and Mitra, S. 2012. Status of Biodiversity of West Bengal, Published by the Director, Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata, India , pp. 1-969.

186 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) : 187-191, 2017 Print : ISSN : 0973-0834 Impact Factor : 0.342 (2015) Online : ISSN : 2454-2601 Received : 3 July, 2017 / Accepted : 18 August, 2017 / Published Online : December, 2017

STUDIES ON LIFE CYCLE STAGES OF FALSE SPIDER MITE TENUIPALPUS PERNICIS (CHAUDHRI, AKBAR AND RASOOL) ON GUAVA (PSIDIUM GUAJAVA) PLANT

Sanjib Ghoshal Postgraduate Department of Zoology, Bangabasi College, Kolkata-700009, West Bengal

ABSTRACT Life cycle and duration on of different stages of life cycle of Tenuipalpus pernicis were studied on Psidium guajava leaves in laboratory condition. These studies reval that its incubation period was 4.12 ± 1.98 days, percentage of hatching 78.71 ± 0.82 (n=10), protonymph stage 2.25 ± 0.15 days, deutonymph stage 3.71 ± 0.11 days, egg to adult period 9.62 ± 0.08 days, the percentage of mortality 2.0 ± 0.79 , pre-oviposition period 2.00 ± 0.27 days, oviposition period 4.00 ±0.25 days, postoviposition period 8.02 ± 0.21 days, adult longevity 30.85 ± 1.04 days, fecundity 11.28 ± 0.27 eggs and the male: female sex ratio 1 : 1.85.

Keywords: Incubation, Protonymph, Deutonymph, Oviposition, Postoviposition, Sex ratio, mite

INTRODUCTION Mites (Acarina) are serious pests of plants causing severe losses to economic crops. Agricultural acarology in India is still in its infancy and it is only recently that awareness has been generated about the role that mites play in agriculture. Among the non-insect pests of agricultural crops mites are gaining increasing importance during the last couple of decades. Infestation of mites may cause serious yield loss. Unfortunately, no study has been made in India to work out biology and duration of different developmental stages of false spider mite Tenuipalpus pernicis. Guava is one of the major economic horticultural plants in West Bengal. Considerable yield loss occurred in past few years due to the heavy infestation of false spider mite. So, it was thought desirable to study the life cycle of the mite on the said plant so that proper management strategies could be undertaken. Hence, an attempt has been made in this study to work out the duration of different developmental stages, longevity, fecundity, sex-ratio, etc, on guava plant. The results there of are presented in this paper.

187 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

MATERIAL AND METHODS The life cycle of Tenuipalpus pernicis (Chaudhri, Akbar and Rasool) was studied on guava, Psidium guajava in the laboratory. The leaf–disc technique was adopted following Lal (1977). The excised leaves of guava were kept on wet cotton swab in a petridish of 5 cm diameter. The cotton swab was always kept supersaturated with water to prevent escape of mites. The excised leaf of guava was kept on cotton swab ventral surface upward. About ten females collected from field were released on the leaf kept on the wet cotton swab and the females were allowed to lay eggs. Next morning the eggs were counted, marked and after that the females were removed leaving only the eggs. The eggs were kept as such till they hatched into larvae. After hatching, each larva was transferred on individual petridish and for each stage at least 10 replications were maintained enabling the data to analyze statistically. Observations were recorded at 12 hourly intervals till they attained adulthood. Whenever, the eggs hatched, the larvae were removed and kept on a separate excised leaf on petridish and all those were maintained individually till attaining adulthood. All the petridishes were kept in the laboratory. During the study period the drying or decaying excised leaves were replaced with fresh ones and the mites were transferred carefully on the fresh Fig. 1. Egg and adult female of excised leaf. studied species. (Magnification: 10 x 30) For studying sex ratio, some females were released on excised leaves kept on wet cotton swabs in petridishes and were allowed to lay eggs. After laying of sufficient eggs, all the females were removed on the following day and the total number of eggs obtained were counted (Fig. 1). The eggs hatched into larvae and those gradually developed into adults passing through different stages. Thereafter, among the total adults obtained, the total number of females and males were counted and ratio of males and females were computed on the basis of total number of eggs with which the experiment was started. During experimentation when mortality was noticed in any of the petridishes, data from the said dish recorded earlier was discarded and was not considered for completion of the duration of different stages. RESULTS The adults of both male and female became sexually mature immediately after emergence. Males emerged earlier than females. It was found that more than one male tried to impregnate a single female but once the female allowed the male to

188 Studies on life cycle stages of false spider mite Tenuipalpus pernicis..... impregnate her, she did not allow others in doing so even at later stage. The eggs were round and laid on the under surface of the leaves. The mean incubation period was 4.12 ± 1.98 days (n=10) having minimum of 3 days and maximum of 4 days. The percentage of hatching was 78.71 ± 0.82 (n=10). (Table 1) This stage can be easily distinguished from the larval stage because of having 4 pairs of legs and the body colour was also deeper than the previous stage. It was more active than larval stage. The mean protonymphal period was 2.25 ± 0.15 days (n=10) having minimum of 2 days and maximum of 3 days. (Table 1). Deutonymphs are larger in size, reddish in colour and were more active than the previous stage. The duration of this stage was 3.71 ± 0.11 days (n=10). (Table 1) The mean egg to adult period was 9.62 ± 0.08 days (n=10) with the minimum of 6.00 days and maximum of 10.00 days. The percentage of mortality was found to be 2.0 ± 0.79 (n=10). The mean pre-oviposition period was 2.00 ± 0.27 days (n=10). The mean oviposition period was 4.00 ±0.25 days (n=10). (Table 1). The mean postoviposition period in the present study was 8.02 ± 0.21 days (n=10). The average adult longevity in female was found to be 30.85 ± 1.04 days with the minimum of 26 days and maximum of 35 days. (Table 1). The average fecundity was 11.28 ± 0.27 eggs (n=10) with the minimum of 10 and maximum of 12 eggs. The Male: Female sex ratio was found to be 1 : 1.85. So, the sex ratio appeared to be slightly female biased. Table 1. Duration of different stages of life cycle of Tenuipalpus pernicis on guava under laboratory condition Duration Stage Range Average (n=10) (Mean ± SD) Egg 3-4 days 4.12 days 4.12 ± 1.98 days Protonymph 2-3 days 2.25 days 2.25 ± 0.15 days Deutonymph 3-4 days 3.71 days 3.71 ± 0.11 days Egg to adult 6-11 days 9.62 days 9.62 ± 0.08 days Pre-oviposition 1-3 days 2.0 days 2.0 ± 0.27 days Oviposition 3-5 days 4.0 days 4.0 ± 0.25 days Post-oviposition 6-8 days 8.02 days 8.02 ± 0.21 days Fecundity 10-12 eggs 11.28 eggs 11.28 ± 0.27 eggs Adult longevity 26-35 days 30.85 days 30.85 ± 1.04 days % of Hatching 77-83% 78.71% 78.71 ± 0.82 % % of Mortality 22% Sex Ratio:- Male : Female 1 : 1.85

189 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

DISCUSSION The incubation period reported by other workers was 4.20 days in Tetranychus ludeni feeding on okra (Puttaswamy and ChannaBasavanna,1981), and 4.60 ± 0.89 days in Tetranychus ludeni at 330C (Singh et al., 1989), where as in the present study incubation period was 4.12 ± 1.98 days. The mean protonymphal period was 2.25 ± 0.15 days in the present study. But, in Tetranychus ludeni earlier workers like Mallik and ChannabBasavanna (1983) reported the protonymph period as 34.5 hours while Puttaswamy and ChannabBasavanna (1982) reported this period as 2.27 days, feeding on okra leaves and 2.22 days in T. neocaledonicus. The female protonymph before moulting to the next stage passed through a short quiescent stage while male protonymphs directly moulted into adults. The duration of deutonymph stage was 3.71 ± 0.11 days in the present study. Mallik and ChannaBasabanna (1983) reported the deutonymph period around 2 days in Tetranychus lideni. Manjunath and Puttaswami (1989) reported this period as 1.83 ± 0.19 days in Tetranychus neocaledonicus. So, the present observation shows slightly long deutonymph stage. The mean egg to adult period was 9.62 ± 0.08 days (n=10). This duration appeared to be on the much higher side as compared to 222 hours in Tetranychus ludeni (Mallik and ChannaBasavanna, 1983), 10.16 ± 0.74 days at 290C in Tetranychus ludeni (Singh et al., 1989). The duration of egg to adult period more or less similar with the earlier observations made by Zahir and Yousuf (2009) in Tenuipalpus paunicae. The mean pre-oviposition period was 2.00 ± 0.27 days in the present study. The observations as reported by other workers were 0.98 days in Tetranychus ludeni feeding on brinjal leaves (Puttaswamy and ChannaBasavanna, 1981) and 1.83 ± 0.19 days in Tetranychus neocaledonicus (Mallik and ChannaBasavanna, 1983). So, the present observation shows parity with the earlier observations. The mean oviposition period was 4.00 ±0.25 days (n=10) in the present study. The observations reported by other workers were 10.85 days in Tetranychus ludeni feeding on brinjal leaves (Puttaswamy and ChannaBasavanna, 1981). Manjunath and Puttaswamy (1989) reported the oviposition period 13.27 ± 3.2 days in Tetranychus neocaledonicus. The period appears to be much shorter in the present case. It was found that the rate of oviposition in case of this species was 2.69 ± 0.41 eggs/day/female. There is no information regarding this point in early works. The mean postoviposition period in the present study was 8.02 ± 0.21 days (n=10). The observations reported by other workers were 2.30 days in Tetranychus ludeni feeding on brinjal leaves (Puttaswamy and ChannaBasavanna, 1981) and 1.88 ± 0.47 days in Tetranychus neocaledonicus (Manjunath and Puttaswamy 1989). The stage is much longer in the present case. The average adult longevity in female was found to be 30.85 ± 1.04 days (Table 1) while average adult longevity in male was found to be 32.33 ± 2.11 days. The duration of male and female longevity is much longer (30.85 ± 1.04 days) as

190 Studies on life cycle stages of false spider mite Tenuipalpus pernicis..... compared to the earlier observations made by Zahir and Yousuf (2009) in Tenuipalpus paunicae. The earlier workers like Puttaswamy and ChannabBasavanna (1982) reported this period as 27.98 ± 4.50 days in Tetranychus ludeni and Singh et al, (1989) of reported this period to be 5.60 to 5.40 days in Tetranychus ludeni. Manjunath and Puttaswamy (1989) reported this period to be 22.80 ± 0.47 days in Tetranychus neocaledonicus. In the present study, the average fecundity was 11.28 ± 0.27 eggs (n=10). The earlier workers like Puttaswamy and ChannabBasavanna (1982) reported the fecundity as 149.40 eggs in Tetranychus ludeni and Manjunath and Puttaswamy (1989), reported this period to be 75.83 ± 22.40 eggs in Tetranychus neocaledonicus. The average fecundity in Tenuipalpus pernicus is less as compared to earlier observations made by Zahir and Yousuf (2009) in Tenuipalpus paunicae. REFERENCES Lal, L. 1977. Studies on the biology of the mite Eutetranychus (Cline). Entaman, 2: 53-57. Mallik, B. and ChannaBasavanna, G. P. 1981. Studies on life history of Tetranychus ludeni on four host plants. Indian J. Acar., 6: 6-14. Mallik, B. and ChannaBasavanna, G. P. 1983. Life history and life tables of Tetranychus ludeni and its predator Amblyseius longispinosus (Acari: Tetranychidae, Phytoseiidae). Indian J. Acar., 8(1): 1-13. Manjunath, M. and Puttaswamy. 1989. Life history of Tetranychus neocaledonicus under green house conditions. Indian J. Acar., 11(1 & 2): 35-40. Puttaswamy, R. S. and ChannaBasavanna, G. P. 1981. Influence of host plants on reproductive biology of T. neocaledonicus (Acari: Tetranychidae). Indian J. Acar., 6: 72-76. Puttaswamy, R. S. and ChannaBasavanna, G. P. 1982. Effect of temperature and relative humidity on the development and oviposition of Tetranychus ludeni (Acari: Tetranychidae). Indian J. Acar., 4(1): 31-40. Singh, P., Somchoudhury, A. K. and Mukherjee, A. B. 1989. The influence of natural enemy complex on the population of Aceria litchii (Acari: Eriophyidae). In: Progress in Acarology, 2: 361-367. Zaher. M. A., and Yousuf. A. A. 2009. Biology of false spider mite Tenuipalpus paunicae P. & B. in U.A.R. (Acarina-Tenuipalpidae). Zeitschrift fur Angewandte Entomologie, 70(1-4): 23-29.

191 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIOBIOLOGY Vol. 13 (No. 2) 2016 137-243 CONTENTS (Sericulture and Socioeconomic Impact) Intregated management and forecasting of insect pests of mulberry (Morus Alba L.) for Eastern and Northeastern regions of India — Swapan Kumar Mukhopadhyay and Kanika Trivedy ..... 137-145 Integrated management of diseases and pests of silkworm— Sunil Kumar Gupta, Swapan Kumar Mukhopadhay, Himanish Bhattacharyya ..... 147-155 and Biplob Kumar Modak Biology and feeding efficacy of Brumoides suturalis (Fabricius) (Coccinellidae: Coleoptera), a native predator of whitefly, Aleuroclava pentatuberculata (Sundarraj and David), a mulberry pest: In search of an effective biocontrol agent for sericulture in West Bengal— Santi Ranjan Dey ..... 157-162 From tolerance to disease resistance in mulberry: Need for efficient phenomic and molecular selection tools—Gaurab Gangopadhyay ..... 163-168 Present status of fungal diseases, crop loss and crop protection of mulberry plants—Swapan Kr. Ghosh, Subhankar Banerjee, Sujoy Pal and Pradip Kr. Sur ..... 169-180 Management of ‘Tukra’ caused by Maconellicococcus hirsutus with neonicotinoids in mulberry, Morus alba—Swapan K. Mukhopadhyay and Kanika Trivedy ..... 181-185 Incidence of silkworm diseases in Baishakhi (April) crop of Murshidabad district, West Bengal, India—Himanish Bhattacharyya, Mahasankar Majumder, Kunal Sarkar, Biplob Kumar Modak ..... 187-190 Prevention and control of root-knot disease of mulberry plants using bioagents Amaranth plants: Improving sericulture by protecting climate health, health and development—Subhas Chandra Datta and Rupa Datta ..... 191-200 Sericulture, sustainable environment and income generation—Mrittika Sengupta ..... 201-206 Seri – bioinformatics: To enhance silken touch—Santi Ranjan Dey Pankaj K Singh, Sayak Ganguli and Mitu De ..... 207-216 Isolation of mesophyll protoplast from Indian mulberry (Morus alba L.) Cv. S1635—Pijush Mallick, Sayantan Ghosh, Shruti Chattaraj and Samir Ranjan Sikdar ..... 217-222 Comparative study on income generation through horticulture crops like mango and litchi with sericulture at farmers’ level in Murshidabad district, West Bengal—Mahasankar Majumdar, Kunal Sarkar* and Sanat Kumar Ray ..... 223-231 A note on soil and plant parasitic nematodes associated with mulberry plants in India—Paromita Roy, Suresh Mandal, Soumendranath Chatterjee and Viswa Venkat Gantait ..... 233-243 192 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) : 193-200, 2017 Print : ISSN : 0973-0834 Impact Factor : 0.342 (2015) Online : ISSN : 2454-2601 Received : 23 June, 2017 / Accepted : 18 August, 2017 / Published Online : December, 2017

ANTIBACTERIAL, ANTI-DIABETIC AND ANTI- INFLAMMATION PROPERTY OF THE SEA WEED, PORTERESIA COARCTATA, COLLECTED FROM MANGROVE FRINGED MUDFLAT OF SUNDARBAN COAST, WEST BENGAL

Harekrishna Jana1* and Keshab Chandra Mondal2 1Department of Microbiology, Panskura Banamali College, Midnapur (E) 721152, West Bengal, India 2Department of Microbiology, Vidyasagar University, Midnapur (W) 721102, West Bengal, India

ABSTRACT Porteresia coarctata (Syn = Oryza coarctata) is a perennial halophytic wild grass, relative of rice, member of Poaceae and acts as a pioneer species in the succession process of mangrove formation along the estuaries of India. The sequestering carbon, fertilizer in aquaculture and salt tolerance property of this mangrove associate has been dealt with by a number of workers earlier. But, the present study was to evaluate the antibacterial property of aqueous, acetone, ethanol and methanol extracts of Porteresia coarctata collected from the Matla river of Indian Sundarban delta. Collected sea weeds were screened for their antibacterial studies against gram positive bacteria including Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus fecalis and Bacillus subtilis and gram-negative bacteria including Escherichia coli, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Salmonella typhi, Klebsiella pneumonia and Proteus vulgaris using disc diffusion method. Present study shows that ethanol extracts of Porteresia coarctata has maximum antibacterial activity against E.coli (1.2±0.01 mm) and Streptococcus fecalis (1.4±0.01 mm) at an MIC of 700 μg/mL and 500 μg/mL, respectively. Along with the antimicrobial activities, seaweeds also showed anti-diabetic activity and but have no anti-inflammation activity. Therefore, the results suggest that these sea weeds could be exploited in the management of various infectious diseases and can be used as for pharmaceutical purpose.

Key word: Porteresia coarctata, Antibacterial, Sundarban, Anti-diabetic, Anti- inflammation

*Corresponding Author : Email: [email protected]

193 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

INTRODUCTION Seaweeds are large algae (macroalgae) that grow in saltwater or marine environment. Seaweeds are plants (Thallophytes), although they lack true stems, roots, and leaves. However, they possess a blade that is leaf-like, a stipe that is stem-like and a holdfast that resembles a root. Like land plants, seaweeds contain photosynthetic pigments (similar to chlorophyll) and use solar energy to produce food and oxygen from carbon dioxide and water. Seaweeds are the rich source for biodiversity and it is a rich source of medicine because it produces a host of biomolecules, most of which is probably involved as chemical against predation or infection (Yan et al., 2002). Seaweeds are the source of important bioactive compounds and also possess various properties like antiviral, cytotoxic, antihelminthic, antioxidant, haemolytic, antifungal and antibacterial activities. They are also used as food, feed and fertilizer. They are the active ingredients of many life saving drugs for treatment of cancer, arthritis, etc. Marine seaweeds are rich in polyunsaturated acids, carotene, sulphated polysaccharides and sterols. The chemical substance may be a multitude of compounds like glycoside, alkaloids, terpenes, essential oils, steroids, hormones, vitamins, enzymes, plant acids, sugars, starches, fats, waxes, oleoresins, oleo gum-resins, resins, balsams, etc. The use of traditional medicine is widespread and plants still present a large source of novel active biological compounds with different activities, including anti-inflammatory, anticancer, antiviral, antibacterial and cardio protective activities. Antioxidants may play a role in these health promoting activities (Yan et al., 2002). Natural products which contain antioxidant properties, such as, phenolics and include flavonoids and phenolic acids (Klimczak et al., 2007), carotenoids and vitamins (Rupasinghe and Clegg, 2007). Scientific studies of plants used in ethno medicine led to the discovery of many valuable drugs, including taxol, comptothecin, vincristine and vinblastine (Gupta and Roy 2004). Current interest in them stems from their antioxidants, anti-inflammatory, anti-mutagenic and anti-carcinogenic activities (Thompson, 2000). The Sundarban estuary regions of West Bengal have many different species of seaweeds. The stressful extreme habitat involving daily changes in pH of soil and water, humidity, salinity, temperature and tidal cycles may be possible reasons for many of these plants to synthesize a large number of different bioactive compounds. Many of these compounds have been found to have wide use in industry and human health care examples of which are : Laminaria digitata and Ascophyllum are even used as animal feed as it includes zinc, molybdenum, nickel, tin, vanadium, fluoride and iodine. (Bandaranayake, 2002). Brown seaweed, Macrocystis pyrifera and the red seaweed Gracilaria edulis are used as fish feed, (Sayyed et al., 2008) and as biomass for fuel, as cosmetics and even used in aquaculture (Rajkrishnan and Ponnusamy, 2006). Some scattered studies have also been carried out earlier by different authors on these seaweeds for the purpose of identifying various activities related to human health and other industrial uses. For example, Roome et al., (2008) have studied antioxidant, free radical scavenging, anti-inflammatory and hepatoprotective actions of Ecklona maxima, Lessonia flavicans and Durvillaea potatorum extracts at very preliminary levels. There is a need to development of new seaweeds as drugs because of the resistance developed to existing antibiotics by pathogen. Hence there is a

194 Antibacterial, anti-diabetic and anti-inflammation property of the sea weed..... need to search and design new alternative drugs from seaweed product to control microbial infection. Seaweed is the best choice to isolate bioactive natural product against bacteria and fungi. So, the aim of the present study was to investigate the antimicrobial, anti-diabetic and anti-inflammatory activity of Porteresia coarctata, collected from Indian Sundarban. Aims and Objectives The floral species in mangrove ecosystem can be categorized into true mangroves and mangrove associates. Example of mangrove associate species are Porteresia coarctata, Ipomoea pes-caprae, Sesuvium portulacastrum and several seaweeds like Enteromorpha intestinalis, Ulva lactuca, Catenella repens, etc. Mangrove associate floral species are also used for preparing fish feed. Feed prepared from P. coarctata and Enteromorpha intestinalis have been found to boost up the growth Macrobrachium rosenbergii. Keeping the importance of sea weeds into consideration we investigate the pharmaceutical importance of sea weeds. Therefore the aim of this work is – 1. To determine the antibacterial properties of sea weeds like Porteresia coarctata. 2. To determine the anti- diabetic property of sea weeds. 3. To determine the anti-inflammation property of sea weeds. These sea weeds could be exploited in the management of various infectious diseases and extracts might have roles as pharmaceuticals property. MATERIALS AND METHODS Sample collection The seaweed Porteresia coarctata was collected from Indian Sundarban. Preparation of the seaweed extract The seaweeds were collected, cut into small pieces and air dried in shade. The seaweeds were shade dried for 15 days and then pulverized into fine powder using sterile pestle and mortar. Using the fine powder, different extracts are prepared as follows: Preparation of aqueous extract 10 gm of powdered seaweeds materials were extracted with 10 ml of sterilized d. H2O and incubated in a rotary shaker for 72 hours at 37ºC. Thereafter, it was filtered with the help of Whatman no. 1 filter paper and centrifuged at 5000 for 15 min (Amirkaveei et al., 2011). The supernatant was collected and was stored at 4ºC for the test against microorganisms. Preparation of acetone extract 10 gm of powdered seaweeds materials were extracted with 10 ml of acetone and incubated in a rotary shaker for 72 hours at 37°C. Thereafter, it was filtered with the help of Whatman No.1 filter paper and centrifuged at 5000 rpm for 15 minutes (Amirkaveei et al., 2011). The supernatant was collected and tested against microorganisms and was stored at 4°C for further use.

195 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Preparation of methanol extract An amount (10 g) of crushed material was taken separately into 10 ml of methanol and kept on a rotary shaker at 120 rpm for 72 h. After shaking, it was filtered with the help of Whatman no 1 filter paper, centrifuged at 5000 rpm for 15 min (Amirkaveei et al., 2011). The supernatant was collected and tested against microorganisms and was stored at 4°C for further use. Preparation of ethanol extract 10 gm of powdered seaweeds materials were extracted with 10 ml of ethanol and incubated in a rotary shaker for 72 hrs. at 37°C. Thereafter, it was filtered with the help of Whatman No. 1 filter paper and centrifuged at 5000 rpm for 15 minutes (Amirkaveei et al., 2011). The supernatant was collected and tested against microorganisms and was stored at 4°C for further use. Qualitative antibacterial assays Antibacterial sensitivity of the sea weeds extracts was tested by the agar well diffusion method using Nutrient agar media. The agar diffusion method was employed for the determination of antibacterial activities according to the method described by Bauer et al. (1966). The compounds under investigation were dissolved in respective solvent to a final concentration of 1000 μg/mL. Eight species of pathogenic bacteria, namely, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus fecalis, Salmonella typhi, Proteus vulgaris, Pseudomonas aeruginous and Bacillus subtilis were used to screen the antibacterial activity of the seaweed extracts (Nostro, 2000). Pathogenic bacterial strains were incubated in sterile nutrient broth and incubated at 37°C for 24 h. The pathogen were swabbed (Inoculums size was adjusted so as to deliver a final inoculums of approximately 106 CFU/mL) on the surface of nutrient agar media and petri dishes containing 20 ml of Mueller–Hinton Agar with 100 μL inoculums of bacterial strain and media was allowed to solidify. Wells were cut into solidified agar media with the help of sterilized cup-borer. 100 μLof each sample solution was poured in the respective wells and the plates including control were incubated overnight at 37°C for bacteria. The experiment was performed in triplicate under strict aseptic conditions and the antibacterial activity of each compound was expressed in terms of the mean diameter of zone of inhibition (cm) produced by the respective compound. Determination of MIC value Minimum inhibitory concentration was determined using inhibitory concentration in diffusion (ICD) method (Guerin-Faublee et al., 1996). The minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) values, which represent the lowest concentration of the compound that completely inhibits the growth of microorganisms, were determined by a micro- well dilution method (Wade, 2001). The inoculums of each bacterium were prepared and the suspensions were adjusted to 106 CFU/ml. For making this dilution, each lyophilized materials were dissolved at a concentration and serially diluted in distilled water, acetone, methanol and ethanol to obtain seaweeds extracts concentration of 1000 μg/ml, 800 μg/ml, 700 μg/ml, and 500 μg/ml were prepared. 100 μl of each seaweed extracts of different concentration was poured in the respective wells and the plates were incubated. 196 Antibacterial, anti-diabetic and anti-inflammation property of the sea weed.....

Determination of anti-inflammatory property of sample The reaction mixture consisted of extracts at concentration 1 μg/ml and 1% aqueous solution of bovine albumin fraction. The pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to 6.5 using 1(N) HCl and incubated at 37ºC for 20 minutes and then heated at 57ºC for 30 minutes. The denaturation process is stopped by cooling the samples and finally the turbidity was measured using colorimeter 660 nm. Aspirin was usedas the reference standard and the control was taken without the extract (Suganya et al., 2014). Determination of anti-diabetic property of sample The alpha-amylase inhibitory activity for seaweed extract was determined by the colorimetric assay. 1% of potato starch was soluble in 100 ml distilled water by boiling for 15 minutes. The enzyme solution was prepared by mixing 0.001 g of alpha amylase in 100 ml of 20 mM phosphate buffer (pH 6.9) contains 6.7 mM sodium chloride. The colour reagent was prepared by mixing 3, 5-dinitrosalicycllic acid and 5.31(M) sodium potassium tartarate in 2M sodium hydroxide (8 mL) with 12 ml distilled water. One ml of sample and one ml enzyme solution were mixed in a test tube and incubated at 25ºC for 30 minutes. Then, one ml colour reagent was added and tube was placed at 85ºC in water bath. Then, 1 ml starch solution was added and incubates at 25ºC for 30 minutes. After 15 minutes, reaction mixture was removed from the water bath, cooled and diluted with 9 ml distilled water. The absorbency was determined at 540 nm (Suganya et al., 2014). Statistical analysis Each sample was analyzed in triplicate and data were represented as mean ±SD. Analysis was done by using MS excel.

RESULTS Results of the present study are shown in Tables 1–4. Table 1. Antimicrobial activity of specific concentration (1000 μg/ml) of different seaweed extracts compared with control by agar well diffusion method

Zone of Inhibition (cm) sp. sp. sp. Extracts Sea weeds Proteus sp. Bacillus sp. E.coli ATCC Pseudomonas S.typhi ATCC Streptococcus K. pneumonia Staphylococcus Acetone 0.9±0.05 1.0±0.03 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 1.0±0.04 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 1.0±0.03 Methanol 1.0±0.04 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 1.0±0.05 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 Ethanol 0.9±0.03 0.9±0.05 1.0±0.04 1.2±0.03 1.1±0.04 1.0±0.04 1.0±0.04 1.4±0.04 Water 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05

197 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 1 contd. Zone of Inhibition (cm) sp. sp. sp. Extracts Sea weeds Proteus sp. Bacillus sp. E.coli ATCC Pseudomonas S.typhi ATCC Streptococcus K. pneumonia Staphylococcus

Acetone 0.9±0.02 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 1.0±0.04 1.0±0.02 1.0±0.04 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 Methanol 1.0±0.04 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 1.0±0.04 1.0±0.04 1.0±0.04 Ethanol 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 1.0±0.03 1.0±0.02 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 1.0±0.04 0.9±0.05 Control Water 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05 0.9±0.05

Table 2. Minimum Inhibitory Concentration (MIC) value of different seaweeds against sensitive pathogenic bacteria (Please vide Fig. 1)

Concentration Antimicrobial Name of Bacteria (µg/ml) zone(mm) 800 13.5±0.1

Streptococcus sp. 700 12.0±0.1 500 11.0±0.1 400 – 1000 12±0.1 800 11±0.1 E. coli 700 10±0.1 500 –

Fig. 1. MIC value of ethanol extracts of Porteresia coarctata against sensitive pathogenic bacteria

198 Antibacterial, anti-diabetic and anti-inflammation property of the sea weed.....

Table 3. Determination of anti-inflammatory activity of different seaweed extract. Seaweeds Extracts OD value at 660nm at different concentration (μg/ml) Blank Test Control Porteresia coarctata Ethanol 0 0.05 0.07

Table 4. Determination of anti-diabetic activity of different seaweed extract. OD Value at 600nm at different concentration Seaweeds Extracts Blank Test Control Porteresia coarctata Ethanol 0 0.08 0.10

DISCUSSION The results of antimicrobial assay of Porteresia coarctata extracts showed formation of zone of inhibition surrounding the discs. In our study, it was found that the different solvent extract of the seaweed Porteresia coarctata showed antibacterial activity against Escheirichia coli, Salmonella typhimurium ATCC, Klebsiella pneumonia, Streptococcus faecalis, Staphylococcus aureus, Pseudomonas aurenginosa, Proteus vulgaris and Bacillus subtilis (Table 1). But, maximum inhibitory effects of ethanol extracts showed against E.coli (12 mm) and Streptococcus faecalis (14 mm). The MIC value of ethanol extracts are summarized in the Tables 3 and 4. Present result indicates that the ethanol extracts is more effective against Gram positive bacteria than Gram negative. The differences in inhibitory effect may be due to the variants of cell wall structure of Gram-positive and Gram-negative, or it might be due to the permeability barrier in the cell wall. In addition, unlike gram- positive bacteria, the lipopolysaccharides layer along with proteins and phospholipids are the major components of the outer layer of Gram-negative bacteria. So, the outer lipopolysaccharides layer may hinder access of antibacterial compounds to the peptidoglycan layer of the cell wall (Abeysinghe, 2010). So, sea weeds extracts can be used as a folk medicine for the coastal people. Therefore, further phytochemical analysis is required to find the bioactive compound present in sea weed, responsible for antimicrobial activity. CONCLUSION It can be concluded that the ethanol extracts of the Porteresia coarctata has antimicrobial activities against different pathogenic bacteria and can be regarded as a new source of antibacterial compounds. However, further research needs to be done on the identification of the bioactive compounds present in the extract. In future studies, other bioactive compounds of Porteresia coarctata may be analyzed qualitatively and also quantitatively with different solvent extracts. Therefore, the results suggested that these sea weeds could be exploited in the management of various infectious diseases and can be used as for pharmaceutical purpose. REFERENCES Amirkaveei, S., Behrouz Alizadeh Behbahani, Sumitra Chanda, Dilip Bhayani and Dishant Desai 2011. Polyphenol and flavonoids of twelve Indian medical plants. Bioscan, 8: 595-601. 199 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Abeysinghe, P. 2010. Antibacterial activity of some medicinal mangroves against antibiotic resistant pathogenic bacteria. Indian J. Pharmac. Sci., 72: 167-172. Bandaranayake, W. M. 2002. Bioactivities, bioactive compounds and chemical constituents of mangrove plants. Wetl. Ecol. Manag., 10: 421-452. Bauer, A. W., Kirby W. M. M. and Sherries, T. 1966. Antibiotic susceptibility testing by a standard single disc method. Am. J. Clin. Pathol, 45: 493-496. Guerin-Faublee, V., Muller, M. L. D., Vigneulle M., Flandrois J. P. and 1996. Application of a modified disc diffusion technique to antimicrobial susceptibility testing of Vibrio anguillarum, Aeromonas salmonicida clinical isolates, Vet. Microbiol., 51: 137-149. Gupta, V. K. and Roy, A. 2012. Comparative study of antimicrobial activities of some mangrove plants from Sundarban estuarine regions of India. Journal of Medicinal Plants Research, 6: 5480-5488. Klimczak, Malecka, M., Szlachta, M. and Gliszczy-ska-wigo, A. 2007. Effect of storage on the content of polyphenols, vitamin C and the antioxidant activity of orange juices. J. Food Compos. Anal., 20: 313-322. Nostro, A. 2000. Extraction methods and bioautography for evaluation of medicinal plant antimicrobial activity. Lett. Appl. Microbiol., 30(5): 379-84. Rupasinghe, V. H. P. and Cleggs 2007. Total antioxidant capacity, total phenolic content, mineral elements, and histamine concentrations in wines of different fruit sources. J. Food Compos. Anal., 20: 133-137. Roome, T., Dar, A., Ali, S., Naqvi, S. and Choudhary, M. I. 2008. A study on antioxidant, free radical scavenging, anti-inflam, S. 2007. Matory and hepatoprotective actions of Aegiceras corniculatum (stem) extracts, J. Ethnopharmacol., 118: 514-21. Rajkrishnan, A. and Ponnusamy, K. 2006. Antifungal activity of Clerodendrum inerme (L.) and Clerodendrum phlomidis (L.). Turk. J. Biol., 30: 139-142. Sayyed, H. Yogita, P., Javesh, P., Lakshmikant, B., Sunil, P. and Goldee, S. P. 2008. Antibacterial and antifungal potential of Clerodendrum inerme crude extracts against some human pathogenic microorganism. Pharmacology online, 2: 75-79. Suganya, G., Sampathkumar, P., Dheeba, B., and Sivakumar, R. 2014. In vitro anti- diabetic, antioxidant and anti-inflammatory activity of Clitoria ternatea L., International Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences, 6(7): 342-347. Thompson, L. U. 2000. Lignans and Isolavones. In: Eisenbrand, G., Dayan, A. D. Elias, P. S., Grunow, W., Schlatter, J. (Eds.), Carcinogenic /Anticarcinogenic factors in foods. Dtsch. Forsch. Gem. Ger. Wiley-VCH Germany. Yan, X., Murphy, B. T., Hammond, G. B., Vinson, J. A. and Nieto, C. C. 2002. Antioxidant activities and antitumor screening of extractsfrom cranberry fruit. J. Agric. Food Chem., 50: 5844-5849. Wade, D. A., Silveira, L., Rollim- Smith, T., Bergman, J., Silberring, H and Lankinen 2001. Demographic and clinical correlates of substance use disorders in first episode psychosis. Acta Bio. Chem. Pol. 48: 1185.

200 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) : 201-240, 2017 Print : ISSN : 0973-0834 Impact Factor : 0.342 (2015) Online : ISSN : 2454-2601 Received : 24 April, 2017 / Accepted : 8 June, 2017 / Published Online : December, 2017

DIVERSITY AND DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE CRABS OF EAST COAST OF INDIA

M. K. Dev Roy Social Environmental and Biological Association, Kolkata

ABSTRACT East coast of India has a coastline of 2656 km, continental shelf area of 1, 22,000 sq km and coastal area of 64, 956 million ha and comprises of 4 maritime States and one Union Territory (UT), namely, West Bengal, Odisha, Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu and Puducherry (UT). In this presentation, an attempt has been made to focus on the diversity of brachyuran crabs from these maritime states of east coast. The report is based on author’s observation as well as from literature survey. A total of 482 species of brachyuran crabs belonging to 211 genera under 45 families has been recorded from different States of east coast of India. Maximum diversity has been observed in Tamil Nadu (382 species) followed by Odisha (149 species), West Bengal (137 species) and Andhra Pradesh (128 species). Least number of species is recorded in Puducherry (58 species). One species, Ilyoplax gangeticus has been recorded for the first time from Odisha. State-wise distribution of these species is discussed in this communication. A total of 91 species described/reported from this coast is not recorded during the last hundred years. This is the first consolidated report on the crab diversity of maritime States of east coast of India. Keywords: Marine crab, Diversity, Distribution, East coast INTRODUCTION East coast of India comprises of 4 maritime States and one Union Terrytory (UT), namely, West Bengal, Odisha, Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu and Puducherry (UT) with a coastline of 2656 km, continental shelf area of 1,22,000 sq km and a costal area of 64, 956 million ha (Table 1). East coast of India is over 1200 miles long. Among these, Tamil Nadu has the longest coast line (1000 km) and Puducherry with shortest coastline (45 km). The east coast is bestowed with a varied range of coastal ecosystems, such as, mangroves, reefs, deltas, lagoons, lakes, estuaries, backwaters, salt marshes, rocky coasts and sandy stretches characterized by unique biotic and abiotic properties and processes.

Email: [email protected]

201 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Though information on diversity and distribution of brachyuran crabs of maritime States of west coast is available (Dev Roy, 2013b), similar information is lacking for the east coast. In the present communication, therefore, an attempt has been made for the first time to bring together all the information pertaining to marine crab diversity of east coast from vast scattered literature. REVIEW OF WORKS Like many other faunal groups, Europeans were the pioneers in carcinological studies from India. The first report on brachyuran crab from east coast of India was made by Fabricius (1775) who reported the crab Cancer porcellanus (= Philyra globus) from Tranquebar (presently in Tanjore district in the state of Tamil Nadu). Subsequently, in 1781, 1787, 1793 and 1798, he recorded several more species from India, of which, three namely, Cancer fornicata (1781), Cancer cylindrus (1793) and Cancer setosus (1798) were described from Tranquebar. Herbst (1790, 1794, 1803) also described 5 species from Tranquebar. After a gap of about 30 years, H. Milne Edwards (1834-1837, 1844, 1852, 1853) reported 9 species from the east coast. Among these, 7 were collected from the present day Puducherry and one each from Tranquebar and Coromandel coasts. Two species, namely, Ocypode macrocera and O. platytarsis described by him are still valid. After H. Milne Edwards, his son A. Milne Edwards (1861) recorded 3 more species from Puducherry and 1 from Gangetic delta as new. In 1866 and 1867, he further recorded three other species from east coast of India, of which, two, namely, Atergatopsis flavor-maculatus [(= Atergatopsis signatus (Adams and White, 1848)] and Actumnus nudus were collected and described from Puducherry. In 1857, the Austrian frigate ‘Novara’, on a scientific voyage round the world, visited ‘Madras’ and ‘Nicobars’ and collected a good number of from Madras (now Chennai). Between 1862 and 1865, Heller reported 19 species of brachyuran crabs from Madras which included several new forms. Henderson (1887) described a new species of crab of the genus Matuta. Later, Henderson (1893) in his contribution to Indian carcinology recorded as many as 119 species of brachyuran crabs from east coast of India. Bulk of the collections were from Gulf of Mannar (91 spp.) followed by various localities of the then Madras Presidency (51 spp.), Sunderban (1 sp.) and Calcutta (3 spp.). Uptil then, that was the first consolidated account on brachyuran crab of east coast of India. Shortly after this publication, Thurston (1895) reported 94 species from Ramesvaram and Gulf of Mannar. These species were almost the same as those reported earlier by Henderson (1893). Wood-Mason (1887- 91), Alcock and Anderson (1894a,b) and Alcock (1895-1900) during their expedition reported many species (including new species) from coasts of Eastern India. In 1891, Thallwitz reported a single species of sesarmid crab from Madras while Nobili (1903) reported 12 species from Puducherry. Jetkins (1910) carried out investigations on shallow-water fauna of the Bay of Bengal by the Bengal Fisheries Steam-trawler “Golden Crown” during 1908-1909 and collected information on the fauna between 15-30 fathom lines. Apart from these, two other vessels, “Fraser” and “Lady Fraser” also made commendable collections of crustaceans especially the 202 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india brachyuran crabs during pre-independence period especially from the mouth of River Hugli. Chopra (1933, 1934, 1935) studied and reported 52 species of brachyuran crabs from these collections which contained several new species and even new genera. In a series of publication, Kemp (1915, 1917, 1919a, b) reported 44 species from east coast of India that included 3 new genera and 11 new species. Gravely (1927, 1941) made important contributions on the carcinological fauna of Gulf of Mannar which included crabs (56 and 29 species from Krusadai Island and Madras beach respectively) among other groups. Balss (1933) reported three species from Madras coast based on collections in the Madras Museum. In West Bengal, Bairagi (1995), Deb (1998a), Deb and Bhadra (1985) and Deb and Ghosh (1993), Ghosh (1995, 1998) and Misra and Ghatak (1979) made important contribution to the study of brachyuran crabs. Deb (1998a) during the course of her work discovered two new species from the State. Bairagi and Misra (1998) elucidated the taxonomic status of the fiddler crab, Gelasimus acutus. Goswami (1992) enlisted marine crabs of Digha coast. However, the first checklist of brachyuran crabs of the State of West Bengal was published by Dev Roy and Nandi (2008) wherein 135 species of marine and estuarine and 15 species of freshwater crabs were recorded. The diversity, distribution, behavior and adaptation of brachyuran crabs of Sundarban delta had been dealt with by Dev Roy and Nandi very recently (2015). From Odisha, brachyuran fauna has been studied by Deb (1986, 1995, 1998b), Pal and Khora (1999), Pati et al. (2015), Sahoo and Palita (2013), Rao and Rath (2013, 2014), Rao et al. (1992). Rath and Dev Roy (2011) dealt with the brachyuran crabs of Bahuda estuary. Deb (1986) described two new species of crab from this state while Dev Roy (2012, 2013) reported mangrove and estuarine crabs from this coast. Due to opening of a new mouth at Magarmukh connecting Chilka lake with the sea, a good number of crustaceans including crabs (7 species) have penetrated into the Chilka lake (Mohapatra et al., 2007). Dev Roy and Rath (2017) and Dev Roy et al. (2017) enlisted 147 species of marine and estuarine crabs and reported as many as nine species namely, Doclea muricata, Charybdis (Charybdis) natator, Demania baccalipes, Liagore erythematica and Metopograpsus latifrons, Charybdis (Charybdis) lucifera, Charybdis (Charybdis) variegata, Charybdis (Goniohellenus) truncata and Portunus (Xiphonectes) hastatoides for the first time from the State. Very recently, initiations have been taken on the exploration of brachyuran fauna from Devi estuary (Mohanty et al., 2015 and in press). From the State of Andhra Pradesh, Lalitha Devi (1981) recorded two species of pinnotherid crabs from Kakinada bay. Nirmaladevi (1991, 1993), Nirmaladevi and Shyamasundari (1989) and Nirmaladevi et al. (1988a, b) worked on the brachyuran fauna of Visakhapatnam and described two new species from the coast. Dev Roy and Bhadra (2001, 2005) and Dev Roy and Nandi (2000, 2005) have studied extensively the crab fauna of Andhra coast and reported as many as 106 species, of which 4 species, namely, Ebalia sagittifera, Ixoides cornutus, Demania toxica and Typhlocarcinus

203 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) rubidus were new Indian records while four species, namely, Raninoides personatus, Carcinoplax longipes, Eurycarcinus grandidieri and Chasmocarcinops gelasimoides were new records to the State. Perhaps, no other State in India has been so intensively studied for brachyuran fauna as in Tamil Nadu. Premkumar (1962) recorded the portunid crab, Podophthalmus vigil and in 1964 described a new species of ocypodid crab, Ocypoda portonovoensis (= Ocypode macrocera) from Porto Novo. Sankarankutty (1967) reported 88 species of 13 families which contained a new species (Zalasius indica) from Gulf of Mannar and Palk bay. This work was further elaborated by Jeyabaskaran et al. (2000). Later, Kasinathan et al. (2007) reported a rare species of the Spanner crab Ranina ranina from Pamban North about 30 km away from Dhanushkodi in the Gulf of Mannar. Monokaran et al. (2008) reported the crab Jonas choprai for the first time from Parangipettai coast vis-à-vis Indian water. In 1978, Murugesan reported the portunid crab, Podophthalmus vigil from Ennore and Pulicat estuaries. Dev Roy and Bhadra (2011) while dealing with brachyuran crabs of Tamil Nadu coast made a first time record of 7 species, viz., Liomera (Bruciana) pediger, Carcinoplax longipes, Sphaerozius nitidus, Pilumnus longicornis, P. minutus, Eriphia scabricula and Glabropilumnus laevis. In the same work, they also reported 4 species, namely, Calmania prima, Globopilumnus actumnoides, Pseudolitocheira integra and Typhlocarcinus villosus which were new records from India. Later, Dev Roy and Nandi (2007) while studying diversity of brachyuran crabs reported as many as 344 species from the coastal Tamil Nadu. In 2012, Kannappan et al. recorded the pea crab Pinnotheres sinensis (= Arcotheres sinensis) from Manakudy estuary of Kanyakumari district. Saravanan and Ramamoorthy (2013) recorded Calappa bilineata from Gulf of Mannar. In the same year Vaitheeswaran et al. reported the frog crab Raninoides personatus from Thoothukudi. Viswanathan et al. (2013) reported Parthenope euagora for the first time from coastal waters of Tamil Nadu. Shrinivaasu et al. (2014) recorded portunid crab of the genus Catoptrus from intertidal zone of Manouli Island in Gulf of Mannar Biosphere Reserve. In 2016, Barathkumar et al described a new species of corystid crab from Kalpakkam waters. From Puducherry (UT) coast, about 50 species of brachyuran crabs (excluding the freshwater forms) have been reported (Varadharajan et al., 2013), while Dev Roy and Nandi (2009) studied the estuarine crabs of east coast of India and reported as many as 94 species. MATERIALS AND METHODS Data for the present investigationare are based on materials collected from faunistic surveys during the tenure of the author in Sundarban Field Research Research Station (later on renamed as Sundarban Field Research Centre), Zoological Survey of India, Canning and subsequently upon posting in Crustacea Section of Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata. Materials collected and deposited with the National Zoological Collection of ZSI by earlier workers as well as data published 204 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india in various literature had been consulted for this work. Crabs recorded herein have been arranged following mostly after Ng et al. (2008). The species are arranged alphabetically under each family along with their global distribution cited in bold letters. RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS Coast line and continental shelf areas of maritime States of India and list of brachyuran crabs reported from those States of east coast of India and the Coromandel coast has been presented in Tables 1 and 2 respectively. Among the states, maximum number of species has been reported from Tamil Nadu (382) which is followed by Odisha (149), West Bengal (137) and Andhra Pradesh (128). Table 1. Coastline and continental shelf areas in different states of east coast of India Area Coast line Continental shelf Coastal area State (UT) (sq km) (km) (000 sq km) (million ha) West Bengal 88,752 157 17 8,875 Odisha 155,707 480 32 15,571 Andhra Pradesh 275,068 974 31 27,504 Tamil Nadu 130,058 1,000 41 13,006 Puducherry (UT) 480 45 1 – Total 650,065 2656 122 64,956

Table 2. State-wise distribution of brachyuran crabs in east coast of India Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 Section PODOTREMATA Guinot, 1977 Superfamily DROMIOIDEA De Haan, 1833 Family DROMIIDAE De Haan, 1833 Subfamily DROMIINAE De Haan, 1833 *1. Ascidiophilus caphyraeformis Richters, 1880 IO - - - + - - 2. Conchoecetes artificiosus (Fabricius, 1798) IP + + - + - + 3. Cryptodromia hilgendorfi De Man, 1888 IO - - - + - - 4. Crypto dromiopsis sp. - - - + - - 5. Dromia dormia (Linnaeus, 1763) IP - - - + + - 6. Dromiodiopsis australiensis (Haswell, 1882) IP - - - + - - 7. Dromiodiopsis indica (Gray, 1831) IP - - - + - - 8. Lauridromia dehaani (Rathbun, 1923) IP - + + + - + 9. Lewindromia unidentata (Rüppell, 1830) IP - + - + - + Subfamily SPHAERODROMIINAE Duinot & Tavares, 2003

205 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 *10. Sphaerodromia kendalli (Alcock and Anderson, 1894) - - + - - - IP Superfamily HOMOLOIDEA De Haan, 1839 Family HOMOLIDAE De Haan, 1839 *11. Homolax megalops (Alcock, 1894) BB - - - - - + Superfamily RANINOIDEA De Haan, 1839 Family RANINIDAE De Haan, 1839 Subfamily LYREIDINAE Guinot, 1993

12. Lyreidus stenops Wood-Mason, 1887 IP - - - - - + Subfamily RANININAE De Haan, 1839 13. Ranina ranina (Linnaeus, 1758) IP - - - + - - Subfamily RANINOIDINAE Lörenthey and Beurlen, 1929 14. Raninoides personatus Henderson, 1888 IP + - + + - - Section EUBRACHYURA Saint Laurent, 1980 Subsection HETEROTREMATA Guinot, 1977 Superfamily AETHROIDEA Dana, 1851 Family AETHRIDAE Dana, 1851

15. Aethra scruposa (Linnaeus, 1764) IP - - - + - - 16. Drachiella morum (Alcock, 1896) IP + + - - - - Superfamily CALAPPOIDEA De Haan, 1833 Family CALAPPIDAE De Haan, 1833 17 Calappa bicornis Miers, 1884 IP - - - + - - 18. Calappa bilineata (Ng, Lai and Aungtonya, 2002) IO - - - + - - 19. Calappa calappa (Linnaeus, 1758) IP - - - - + - 20. Calappa capellonis (Laurie, 1906) IP - - - + - - 21. Calappa clypeata Borradaile, 1903 IP - - - + - - 22. Calappa gallus (Herbst, 1803) CP - - - + + - 23. Calappa guerini Brito Capello, 1871 IP - - - + + - 24. Calappa hepatica (Linnaeus, 1758) IP - - - + - - 25. Calappa japonica Ortmann, 1892 IP - - - + - - 26. Calappa lophos (Herbst, 1790)/1782 IP + + + + + - 27. Calappa philargius (Linnaeus, 1758) IP - + - + - - 28. Calappa pustulosa Alcock, 1896 IP + + + + - - 29. Mursia bicristimana Alcock and Anderson, 1894 BB - - - + - - Family MATUTIDAE De Haan, 1835 30. Ashtoret lunaris (Forskål, 1775) IP + + + + + -

206 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 31. Ashtoret miersi (Henderson, 1893) IP - + + + - - 32. Matuta planipes Fabricius, 1798 IP + + + + - - 33. Matuta victor (Fabricius, 1781) IP + + + + + - Superfamily CARPILIOIDEA Ortmann, 1893 Family CARPILIDAE Ortmann, 1893 34. Carpilius convexus (Forskål, 1775) IP - - - + - - 35. Carpilius maculatus (Linnaeus, 1758) IP - - - + - - Superfamily CORYSTOIDEA Samouelle, 1819 Family CORYSTIDAE Samouelle, 1819 36. Jonas choprai Serene, 1971 IP - - - + - - 37. Jonas indica (Chopra, 1935) IP + - - + - - 38. Jonas kalpakkamensis Barathkumar, Das and Satpathy, - - - + - - 2016 BB Superfamily DORIPPOIDEA MacLeay, 1838 Family DORIPPIDAE MacLeay, 1838 39. Dorippe quadridens (Fabricius, 1793) IP + + - + - - 40. Dorippoides facchino (Herbst, 1785) IP + + + + + - 41. Neodorippe callida (Fabricius, 1798) IP + + + + - - 42. Paradorippe granulata (De Haan, 1841) IP - - - + - - 43. Paradorippe polita (Fabricius, 1798) IP - - - + - - Family ETHUSIDAE Guinot, 1977 44. Ethusa indica Alcock, 1894 IP + + - + - - Superfamily ERIPHIOIDEA MacLeay, 1838 Family ERIPHIIDAE MacLeay, 1838 *45. Eriphia scabricula Dana, 1852 IP - - - + - - 46. Eriphia sebana Shaw and Nodder, 1803 IP - - - + - - Family MENIPPIDAE Ortmann, 1893 47. Menippe rumphii (Fabricius, 1798) IP + - + + - - 48. Myomenippe hardwickii (Gray, 1831) IP + - + + - - 49. Sphaerozius nitidus Stimpson, 1858 IO - - - + + - Family OZIIDAE Dana, 1851 50. Epixanthus frontalis (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) IP - + - + - - 51. Eupilumnus actumnoides (A. Milne Edwards, 1873) IP - - - + - - 52. Ozius rugulosus Stimpson, 1858 IP - - - + - - Superfamily GONEPLACOIDEA MacLeay, 1838 Family CHASMOCARCINIDAE Serène, 1964 *53. Chasmocarcinops gelasimoides Alcock, 1900 BB - - + + - -

207 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 Family EURYPLACIDAE Stimpson, 1871 54. Eucrate alcocki Serene, 1971 IP - - - + - - 55. Eucrate crenata De Haan, 1835 IP - - - + - - 56. Eucrate dentata Alcock, 1900 IP - - - + - - 57. Eucrate sexdentata Haswell, 1882 IP - - - + - - *58. Henicoplax nitida (Miers, 1879) IP - - - + - - Family GONEPLACIDAE MacLeay, 1838 59. Carcinoplax longimana (De Haan, 1835) IP - + + + - - 60. Carcinoplax longipes (Wood-Mason, 1891) IP - + + + - - Family SCALOPIDIIDAE Števčić, 2005 61. Scalopidia spinosipes Stimpson, 1858 IP + - - - - - Superfamily HEXAPODOIDEA Miers, 1886 Family HEXAPODIDAE Miers, 1886 62. Hexapus estuarinus Sankarankutty, 1975 IO - - - + - - Superfamily LEUCOSIOIDEA Samouelle, 1819 Family IPHICULIDAE Alcock, 1896 *63. Iphiculus spongiosus Adams and White, 1848 IP + + - + - - 64. Pariphiculus coronatus (Alcock and Anderson, 1894) IP - - - - - + 65. Pariphiculus mariannae (Herklot, 1852) IP + - - - - + Family LEUCOSIIDAE Samouelle, 1819 Subfamily CRYPTOCNEMINAE Stimpson, 1907 *66. Onychomorpha lamelligera Stimpson, 1858 IO - - - + - - Subfamily EBALIINAE Stimpson, 1871 67. Alox rugosum (Stimpson, 1858) IP - - - + - - 68. Arcania cornutus (MacGilchrist, 1905) IP - - + + - - 69. Arcania erinacea (Fabricius, 1787) IP + + - + + - 70. Arcania gracilis Henderson, 1893 IP - + + + - - 71. Arcania heptacantha (De Haan, 1841) IP - - - + - - 72. Arcania novemspinosa (Adams and White, 1848) IP - - - + - - 73. Arcania septemspinosa (Fabricius, 1787) IP + + + + + - 74. Arcania undecimspinosa De Haan, 1841 IP - + + + - - *75. Ebalia diadumena Alcock, 1896 BB - - - + - - *76. Heterolithadia fallax (Henderson, 1893) IO - + - + - - 77. Ixa cylindrus (Fabricius, 1787) IP + - + + - - 78. Ixa inermis Leach, 1817 IP + + - + - - 79. Lyphira perplexa Galil, 2009 IO + - - + - -

208 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 80. Myra affinis Bell, 1855 IP - + - + - - *81. Myra brevimana Alcock, 1896 IP - + - - - - *82. Myra elegans Bell, 1855 IO + - - + - - 83. Myra fugax (Fabricius, 1798) IP + - + + - - *84. Myrine kessleri (Paulson, 1875) IO - - - + - - 85. Nursia lar (Fabricius, 1793) IP - + - - + + 86. Nursia plicata (Herbst, 1803) IP - + + + - - *87. Nursilia dentata Bell, 1855 IO - - - + - - *88. Oreophorus alcicornis Alcock, 1896 BB - + - - - - *89. Oreophorus reticulatus (Adams and White, 1849) IO - - - + - - 90. Paranursia abbreviata (Bell, 1855) IP - + - + - + 91. Parilia alcocki Wood-Mason, 1891 BB - + + + - - 92. Philyra adamsii Bell, 1855 IO - - - + - - 93. Philyra alcocki Kemp, 1915 BB - + - - - - 94. Philyra corallicola Alcock, 1896 IO - + - + - - 95. Philyra globus (Fabricius, 1775) IP + + + + - - 96. Philyra malefactrix (Kemp, 1915) IP - + - + - - 97. Philyra sagittifera (Alcock, 1896) IO - - + - - - 98. Philyra scabriuscula (Fabricius, 1798) IO - + + + + - 99. Philyra sexangula Alcock, 1896 IO - - + - - - 100. Philyra syndactyla Ortmann, 1892 IP - - - + - - *101. Pseudophilyra melita De Man, 1888 BB - - - + - + *102. Pseudophilyra woodmasoni Alcock, 1896 BB - - - + - - 103. Ryphila cancellus (Herbst, 1783) IP - - + + - - 104. Ryphila verrucosa (Henderson, 1893) IP - + + + - - Subfamily LEUCOSIINAE Samouelle, 1819 105. Coleusia biannulata (Tyndale-Biscoe and George, 1962) - + - + - - IO 106. Euclosia obtusifrons (De Haan, 1841) IP - - - + - + 107. Euclosia rotundifrons (Chopra, 1933) IO + - - + - - 108. Leucosia anatum (Herbst, 1803) IP - - + + - - 109. Leucosia corallicola Alcock, 1896 BB - - - + - - *110. Leucosia craniolaris (Linnaeus, 1758) IP - - + - - - 111. Leucosia margaritacea Bell, 1855 IO - - - - - + *112. Leucosia phyllochira Bell, 1855 IO - - - + - - 113. Seulocia pubescens (Miers, 1877) IP - + - + - -

209 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 114. Seulocia rhomboidalis De Man, 1841 IP + - + + - + 115. Seulocia truncata (Alcock, 1896) BB - + - - - - 116. Seulocia vittata (Stimpson, 1858) IP + - + + - - *117. Urnalana haematosticta (Adama and White, 1848) IP - - + + - - 118. Urnalana margaritata (A. Milne Edwards, 1873) IP - - - - - + Superfamily MAJOIDEA Samouelle, 1819 Family EPIALTIDAE MacLeay, 1838 Subfamily EPIALTINAE MacLeay, 1838 *119. Acanthonyx consobrinus A. Milne Edwards, 1862 IP - - - + - - 120. Acanthonyx scutellatus MacLeay, 1838 IO - - - + - - *121. Huenia heraldica (De Haan, 1837) IP - - - + - - *122. Menaethius brevirostris Heller, 1862 BB - - - + - - 123. Menaethius monoceros (Latreille, 1825) IP - - - + - - *124. Simocarcinus simplex (Dana, 1852) IP - - - + - - Subfamily PISINAE Dana, 1851 125. Austrolibinia andamanica (Alcock, 1895) BB - - - + - - 126. Doclea alcocki Laurie, 1906 IO - - - + - - 127. Doclea armata De Haan, 1839 IP + - + - - - 128. Doclea canalifera Stimpson, 1857 IP + + - + - - 129. Doclea hybrida (Fabricius, 1798) BB + + + + - - 130. Doclea muricata (Fabricius, 1787) IO + + + + - - 131. Doclea ovis (Fabricius, 1787) IP + + + + - - 132. Doclea risonii Leach, 1815 IP + + - + - - *133. Hoplophrys oatesii Henderson, 1893 IP - + - - - - 134. Hyastenus aries (Latreille, 1825) IP - + - + - - 135. Hyastenus diacanthus (De Haan, 1839) IP + + - - - - *136. Hyastenus gracilirostris Miers, 1879 IP - - - + - - *137. Hyastenus hilgendorfi De Man, 1888 IP - + - + - - *138. Hyastenus planasius (Adams and White, 1848) IP - + - - - - 139. Hyastenus pleione (Herbst, 1803) IO - - - + - - 140. Hyastenus sebae White, 1847 IP - - - + - - 141. Naxioides hirtus A. Milne Edwards, 1865 IP - - - + - - 142. Naxioides robillardi Miers, 1882 IP - - - + - - 143. Naxioides taurus (Pocock, 1890) IP - - - + - - 144. Phalangipus filliformis Rathbun, 1916 IP - - - + - - 145. Phalangipus hystrix (Miers, 1886) IP - - - + - -

210 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 146. Phalangipus indicus (Leach, 1815) IO - - + + - - 147. Phalangipus longipes (Linnaeus, 1758) IP + - + + - - 148. Tylocarcinus styx (Herbst, 1803) IP - - - + - - Subfamily TYCHINAE Dana, 1851 149. Stilbognathus cervicornis (Herbst, 1803) IP - - - + - - Family HYMENOSOMATIDAE MacLeay, 1838 150. Elamena cimex Kemp, 1915 IO - + - - - - 151. Elamena cristatipes Gravely, 1927 IO - - - + - - 152. Elamena sindensis Alcock, 1900 IO - - - + - - 153. Elamena xavieri Kemp, 1917 IO - + - - - - 154. Hymenicoides carteri Kemp, 1917 BB + - - - - - *155. Neorhynchoplax inachoides (Alcock, 1900) BB + - - - - - *156. Neorhynchoplax nasalis (Kemp, 1917) IO + - - - - - *157. Neorhynchoplax woodmasoni (Alcock, 1900) BB + - - - - - 158. Trigonoplax unguiformis (De Haan, 1839) IP + - - - - - Family INACHIDAE MacLeay, 1838 159. Achaeus lacertosus Stimpson, 1858 IP - + - + - - 160. Camposcia retusa Latreille, 1835 IP - - - + - - 161. Chorinachus dolichorhynchus (Alcock and Anderson, - - - + - - 1894) IO 162. Encephalloides armstrongi Wood-Mason, 1891 IO - + + - - - *163. Litosus sexspinosus (Miers, 1884) IP - - - + - - 164. Paratymolus hastatus Alcock, 1895 BB - - - + - - Family MAJIDAE Samouelle, 1819 Subfamily MAJINAE Samouelle, 1819 165. Cyclax spinicinctus Heller, 1861 IP - - - + - - 166. Cyclax suborbicularis (Stimpson, 1858) IP - - - + - - *167. Prismatopus aculeatus (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) IP - - - + - - *168. Prismatopus longispinus (De Haan, 1839) IP - - - + - - 169. Schizophrys aspera (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) IP - + - + - - Subfamily MITHRACINAE MacLeay, 1838 170. Micippa philyra (Herbst, 1803) IP - - - + - - 171. Micippa thalia (Herbst, 1803) IP - + - + - - Superfamily PLACOIDEA Bouvier, 1898 Family PALICIDAE Bouvier, 1898

211 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 *172. Pseudopalicus serripes (Alcock and Anderson, 1894) IP - - - + - - Superfamily PARTHENOPOIDEA MacLeay, 1838 Family PARTHENOPIDAE MacLeay, 1838 Subfamily DALDORFINAE Ng and Rodriguez, 1986 173. Daldorfia horrida (Linnaeus, 1758) IP - - - + - - *174. Daldorfia spinosissima (A. Milne Edwards, 1862) IP - - - + - - 175. Thyrolambrus efflorescens (Alcock, 1895) IP - - - + - - Subfamily PARTHENOPINAE MacLeay, 1838 176. Aulacolambrus hoplonotus (Adams and White, 1848) IP - - - + - - 177. Cryptopodia angulata H. Milne Edwards and Lucas, + + + + - - 1841 IO 178. Cryptopodia echinosa Chiong and Ng, 1998 IO - - - + - - 179. Cryptopodia fornicata Fabricius, 1781 IP - - - + - - 180. Cryptopodia laevimana Miers, 1879 IP - - - + - - 181. Cryptopodia patula Chiong and Ng, 1998 IO - - - + + - *182. Enoplolambrus carenatus (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) IP - - - + + - 183. Enoplolambrus echinatus (Herbst, 1790) IP - + - + - - 184. Enoplolambrus pransor (Herbst, 1796) IP + + - + - - 185. Parthenope longimanus (Linnaeus, 1758) IP - + + + + - 186. Pseudolambrus harpax (Adams and White, 1848) IP - - - + - - 187. Rhinolambrus contrarius (Herbst, 1804) IP - - - + - - *188. Rhinolambrus longispinus (Miers, 1879) IO - - - + - - *189. Rhinolambrus pelagicus (Rüppell, 1830) IP - - - + - - *190. Rhinolambrus turriger (White, 1847) IP - - - + - - Superfamily Samouelle, 1819 Family GALENIDAE Alcock, 1898 Subfamily GALENINAE Alcock, 1898

191. Galene bispinosa (Herbst, 1783) IP + + + + - - Subfamily HALIMEDINAE Alcock, 1898 192. Halimede fragifer De Haan, 1835 IP + + - - - - 193. Halimede ochtodes (Herbst, 1783) IP - - - + - - 194. Halimede tyche (Herbst, 1801) IP + - - - - - Subfamily PARAPANOPINAE Števčić, 2005 195. Parapanope euagora De Man, 1895 IP + - + + - - 196. Parapanope serenei Guinot and Ng in Guinot, 1985 BB - - - + - - Family PILUMNIDAE Samouelle, 1819 Subfamily CALMANIINAE Števčić, 2005

212 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 197. Calmania prima Laurie, 1906 IP - - - + - - Subfamily EUMEDONINAE Dana, 1854 198. Harrovia albolineata Adams and White, 1848 IP - - - + - - 199. Rhabdonotus pictus A. Milne Edwards, 1867 IP - - - + - - *200. Zebrida adamsii White, 1847 IP - - - + - - Subfamily PILUMNINAE Samouelle, 1819 *201. Actumnus calypso (Herbst, 1801) IP - - - + - - *202. Actumnus setifer (De Haan, 1835) IP - + - + - - *203. Actumnus squamosus (De Haan, 1835) IP - - - + - - 204. Benthopanope indica Stimpson, 1858 IP + + + + - - 205. Eurycarcinus bengalensis Deb, 1998 BB + - - - - - 206. Eurycarcinus natalensis (Krauss, 1843) IO + - + + - - 207. Eurycarcinus orientalis A. Milne Edwards, 1867 IO + + + - - - 208. Glabropilumnus laevis (Dana, 1852) IP - - - + - - 209. Heteropanope glabra Stimpson, 1858 IP + - - - - - 210. Heteropanope neolaevis Deb, 1998 BB + - - - - - 211. Heteropilumnus angustifrons (Alcock, 1900) BB - - - + - - 212. Heteropilumnus ciliatus (Stimpson, 1858) IP + - - - - - 213. Nanopilumnus heterodon (Sakai, 1974) IP - - - + - - 214. Nanopilumnus rouxi (Balss, 1935) BB - - - + - - *215. Pilumnus cursor A. Milne Edwards, 1873 IP - - - + - - *216. Pilumnus labyrinthicus Miers, 1884 IO - - - + - - 217. Pilumnus longicornis Hilgendorf, 1878 IP - - - + - - 218. Pilumnus minutus De Haan, 1835 IP - - - + - - 219. Pilumnus scabriuscula Adams and White, 1848 IP - - - + - - 220. Pilumnus tomentosus Latreille, 1825 IP - - - + - - 221. Pilumnus vespertilio (Fabricius, 1793) IP - - - + - - 222. Viaderiana woodmasoni (Deb, 1987) IP - - - + - - Subfamily RHIZOPINAE Stimpson, 1858 223. Ceratoplax ciliata Stimpson, 1858 IP - - + - - - *224. Ceratoplax hispida Alcock, 1900 BB - - + - - - 225. Pseudolitocheira integra (Miers, 1884) IP - - - + - - *226. Typhlocarcinus nudus Stimpson, 1858 IP + - - + - - 227. Typhlocarcinus rubidus Alcock, 1900 IP - - + - - - *228. Typhlocarcinus villosus Alcock, 1900 IP - - - + - -

213 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 *229. Notonyx sp. - - - + - - Superfamily PORTUNOIDEA Rafinesque, 1815 Family PORTUNIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 Subfamily CAPHYRINAE Paul’son, 1875 230. Lissocarcinus arkati Kemp, 1923 IP + - - - - - *231. Lissocarcinus laevis Miers, 1886 IP - - - + - - *232. Lissocarcinus polybioides Adams and White, 1848 IP - + - + - - Subfamily CARUPINAE Paul’son, 1875 *233. Carupa tenuipes Dana, 1851 IP - - - + - - 234. Catoptrus nitidus A. Milne Edwards, 1870 IP - - - + - - Subfamily PODOPHTHALMINAE Dana, 1851 235. Podophthalmus vigil (Fabricius, 1798) IP - + + + + - Subfamily POLYBIINAE Ortmann, 1893 *236. Parathranites orientalis (Miers, 1886) IP - - - + - - Subfamily PORTUNINAE Rafinesque, 1815 237. Achelous tuberculatus Stimpson, 1860 Atlantic Ocean, - - - + - - IP 238. Cycloachelous granulatus (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) IP + - - - - - *239. Lupocyclus philippinensis Semper, 1880 IP - - - + - - 240. Lupocyclus rotundatus Adams and White, 1848 IP - - + + - - 241. Portunus (Lupocycloporus) gracilimanus (Stimpson, + + + + - - 1858) IP 242. Portunus (Monomia) argentatus (White, 1847) IP - + + + - - 243. Portunus (Monomia) gladiator Fabricius, 1798 IP + + + + + - 244. Portunus (Monomia) petreus (Alcock, 1899) IP - - - + - - 245. Portunus (Monomia) samoensis (Ward, 1939) IO - - - + - - 246. Portunus (Portunus) pelagicus (Linnaeus, 1798) IP + + + + + - 247. Portunus (Portunus) pubescens (Dana, 1852) IP + - - + + - 248. Portunus (Portunus) reticulatus (Herbst, 1799) IO + - - + - - 249. Portunus (Portunus) sanguinolentus (Herbst, 1803) IP + + + + + - 250. Portunus (Portunus) trituberculatus (Miers, 1876) IP - - - + + - 251. Portunus (Xiphonectes) brocki (De Man, 1887) IP - - - + - - 252. Portunus (Xiphonectes) hastatoides (Fabricius, 1798) IP + + + + - - 253. Portunus (Xiphonectes) pulchricristatus (Gordon, + - - + - - 1931) IP 254. Portunus (Xiphonectes) spinipes Miers, 1886 IP - - + + - -

214 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 *255. Portunus (Xiphonectes) tuberculosus (A. Milne Edwards, - - - + - - 1861) IP 256. Scylla olivacea (Herbst, 1790) IP - + - + - - 257. Scylla serrata (Forskål, 1775) IP + + + + + - 258. Scylla tranquebarica (Fabricius, 1798) IP + + + + + - Subfamily THALAMITINAE Paul’son, 1875 259. Charybdis (Charybdis) affinis Dana, 1852 IP + + + + - - 260. Charybdis (Charybdis) amboinensis Leene and - + - + - - Buitendijk, 1938 IP 261. Charybdis (Charybdis) anisodon (De Haan, 1850) IP - - - + - - 262. Charybdis (Charybdis) annulata Fabricius, 1798 IP - + + + - - 263. Charybdis (Charybdis) beauforti Leene and Buitendijk, - - - + - - 1949 BB 264. Charybdis (Charybdis) callianassa (Herbst, 1801) IP + + + + - - 265. Charybdis (Charybdis) feriata (Linnaeus, 1758) IP + + + + + - 266. Charybdis (Charybdis) granulata De Haan, 1835 IP - - - + + - 267. Charybdis (Charybdis) helleri (A. Milne Edwards, 1861) + + + + - - IP 268. Charybdis (Charybdis) japonica (A. Milne Edwards, - - - + - - 1861) IP 269. Charybdis (Charybdis) lucifera (Fabricius, 1798) IP + + + + + - 270. Charybdis (Charybdis) miles (De Haan, 1835) IP + + + + - - 271. Charybdis (Charybdis) natator (Herbst, 1794) IP - + + + + - 272. Charybdis (Charybdis) orientalis Dana, 1852 IP + - + + - - 273. Charybdis (Charybdis) riversandersoni Alcock, 1899 IP - + - + - - 274. Charybdis (Charybdis) rostrata (A. Milne Edwards, + + + + - - 1861) BB 275. Charybdis (Charybdis) smithii MacLeay, 1858 IO - + + + - - 276. Charybdis (Charybdis) variegata (Fabricius, 1798) IP + + + + + - 277. Charybdis (Goniohellenus) edwardsi Leene and - - + + - - Buitendijk, 1952 BB 278. Charybdis (Goniohellenus) hoplites (Wood-Mason, 1877) - + + + - - IO 279. Charybdis (Goniohellenus) truncata (Fabricius, 1798) + + + + - - IP 280. Charybdis (Goniohellenus) vadorum Alcock, 1899 IP + + + + - -

215 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 *281. Charybdis (Gonioneptunus) bimaculata (Miers, 1886) - + - + - - IP 282. Charybdis (Goniosupradens) acutifrons (De Man, 1877) - - - + - - IP 283. Thalamita admete (Herbst, 1803) IP - - + + - - 284. Thalamita chaptali (Audouin, 1826) IP - - + + + - 285. Thalamita crenata (Latreille, 1829) IP + + + + + - 286. Thalamita danae Stimpson, 1858 IP - - - + - - 287. Thalamita imparimana Alcock, 1899 IP - + - - - - 288. Thalamita integra Dana, 1852 IP - - - + - - 289. Thalamita picta Stimpson, 1858 IP - - - + + - 290. Thalamita parvidens (Rathbun, 1907) IP - - - + - - 291. Thalamita prymna (Herbst, 1803) IP - - - + - - 292. Thalamita savignyi A. Milne Edwards, 1861 IP - - - + - - *293. Thalamita sexlobata Miers, 1886 IP - - - + - - *294. Thalamita sima H. Milne Edwards, 1834 IP - - - + - + 295. Thalamita spinifera Borradaile, 1903 IP - - - + - - 296. Thalamita woodmasoni Alcock, 1899 IO - - - + - - Superfamily THIOIDEA Dana, 1852 Family THIIDAE Dana, 1852 *297. Nautilocorystes investigatoris Alcock, 1899 BB - - + - - - Superfamily TRAPEZIOIDEA Miers, 1886 Family TETRALIDAE Castro, Ng and Ahyong, 2004 298. Tetralia cavimana Heller, 1861 IP - - - + - - 299. Tetralia glaberrima (Herbst, 1790) IP - - - + - - 300. Tetralia rubridactyla Garth, 1971 IP - - - + - - Family TRAPEZIIDAE Miers, 1886 Subfamily QUADRELLINAE Števčić, 2005 *301. Quadrella coronata Dana, 1852 IP - - - + - - Subfamily TRAPEZIINAE Miers, 1886 302. Trapezia areolata Dana, 1852 IP - - - + - - 303. Trapezia bidentata (Forskål, 1775) IP - - - + - - 304. Trapezia cymodoce (Herbst, 1801) IP - - - + - - *305. Trapezia digitalis Latreille, 1825 IP - - - + - - 306. Trapezia flavopunctata Eydoux and Souleyet, 1842 IP - - - + - - *307. Trapezia rufopunctata (Herbst, 1799) IP - - - + - -

216 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 Superfamily XANTHOIDEA MacLeay, 1838 Family PANOPEIDAE Ortmann, 1893 Incertae sedis 308. Panopeus laevis Dana, 1852 IP - - - + - - Family XANTHIDAE MacLeay, 1838 Subfamily ACTAEINAE Alcock, 1898 309. Actaea calculosa (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) IP - - - + - - *310. Actaea jacquelinae Guinot, 1976 IP - + - + - - 311. Actaea savignyi (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) IP - - - + - - *312. Actaaeodes tomentosus (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) IP - - - + - - 313. Epiactaea nodulosa (White, 1848) IP - - - + - - *314. Epiactaea margaritifera (Odhner, 1925) IP - - - + - - 315. Gaillardiellus orientalis (Odhner, 1925) IP - - - + - - 316. Gaillardiellus rueppelli (Krauss, 1843) IP - - - + - - 317. Paractaea neospeciosa Deb, 1989 BB - - - + - - *318. Paractaea rufopunctata rufopunctata (H. Milne - - - + - - Edwards, 1834) IP 319. Pseudoliomera speciosa (Dana, 1852) IP - - - + - - 320. Pseudoliomera variolosa (Borradaile, 1902) IP - - - + - - Subfamily CHLORODIELLINAE Ng and Holthuis, 2007 *321. Chlorodiella laevissima (Dana, 1852) IP - - - + - - 322. Chlorodiella nigra (Forskål, 1775) IP - - - + - - 323. Pilodius areolatus (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) IP - - - + - - 324. Cyclodius granulosus De Man, 1888 IP - - - + - - 325. Cyclodius nitidus (Dana, 1852) IP - - - + - - 326. Cyclodius obscurus (Homborn and Jacquinot, 1846) IP - - - + - - 327. Cyclodius ungulatus (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) IP - - - + - - Subfamily CYMOINAE Alcock, 1898 328. Cymo andreossyi (Audouin, 1826) IP - - - + - - 329. Cymo melanodactylus De Haan, 1833 IP - - - + - - 330. Cymo quadrilobatus Miers, 1884 IP - - - + - - Subfamily ETISINAE Ortmann, 1893 331. Etisus electra (Herbst, 1801) IP - - - + - - 332. Etisus laevimanus Randall, 1839 IP - - - + - - Subfamily EUXANTHINAE Alcock, 1898 *333. Euxanthus exsculptus (Herbst, 1790) IP - - - + - -

217 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 *334. Hypocolpus rugosus (Henderson, 1893)IP - - - + - - Subfamily KRAUSSINAE Ng, 1993 *335. Palapedia nitida (Stimpson, 1858) IP - - - + - - Subfamily LIOMERINAE Sakai, 1976 336. Bruciana pediger (Alcock, 1898) IP - - - + - - 337. Liomera margaritata (A. Milne Edwards, 1873) IP - - - + - - Subfamily XANTHINAE MacLeay, 1838 338. Demania alcocki Deb, 1987 BB - + - - - - 339. Demania armadillus (Herbst, 1790) BB - + - + - - 340. Demania baccalipes (Alcock, 1898) IP - + - + + - 341. Demania scaberrima (Walker, 1997) IP - + - + - - 342. Demania splendida Laurie, 1906 IP - - + + - - 343. Demania toxica Garth, 1971 IP - - + - - -

344. Leptodius exaratus (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) IP - - - + - - 345. Leptodius gracilis (Dana, 1852) IP - - - + - - *346. Leptodius sanguineus (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) IP - - - + - - 347. Liagore erythematica Guinot, 1971 IP + + + + - - 348. Liagore rubromaculata (De Haan, 1835) IP - - - + - - 349. Macromedaeus bidentata (A. Milne Edwards, 1867) IP - - - + - - 350. Macromedaeus crassimanus (A. Milne Edwards, 1867) - - - + - - IO 351. Macromedaeus quinquedentatus (Krauss, 1843) IP - - - + - - *352. Nectopanope rhodobaphes Wood-Mason, 1891 IO - - + - - - 353. Neoxanthias impressus (Lamarck, 1818) IP - - - + - - 354. Neoxanthias michelae Serène & Vadon, 1981 IP - - + - - - *355. Neoxanthops lineatus (A. Milne Edwards, 1867) IP - - - + - - *356. Orphanoxanthus microps (Alcock and Anderson, 1894) + - - - - - BB *357. Paraxanthias notatus (Dana, 1852) IP - - - + - - 358. Xanthias lamarckii (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) IP - - - + - - 359. Xanthias punctatus (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) IP - - - + - - Subfamily ZALASIINAE Serène, 1968 360. Banaria banareias (Rathbun, 1911) IP - - + - - - 361. Zalasius indicus Sankarankutty, 1967 BB - - - + - - Subfamily ZOSIMINAE Stimpson, 1907

218 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 362. Atergatis dilatatus De Haan, 1833 IP - - - + - - 363. Atergatis floridus Linnaeus, 1767 IP - - - + - - 364. Atergatis latissimus (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) IO - - - + - - 365. Atergatis integerrimus (Lamarck, 1801) IP - - - + - - *366. Atergatis laevigatus A Milne Edwards, 1865 IP - - - + - - 367. Atergatis roseus (Rüppell, 1830) IP - - - + - - 368. Atergatis subdentatus De Haan, 1833 IP - - - + - - 369. Atergatopsis signatus (Adams and White, 1848) IP - - - - + - *370. Lophozozymous dodone (Herbst, 1801) IP - - - + - - 371. Lophozozymous incisus (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) IP - + - - - - 372. Platypodia cristata (A. Milne Edwards, 1865) IP - - - + - - *373. Platypodia granulosa (Rüppell, 1830) IP - - - + - - 374. Platypodia semigranosa (Heller, 1861) IP - - - + - - 375. Zosimus fissa (Henderson, 1893) BB - - - + - - 376. Zosimus aeneus (Linnaeus, 1758) IP - - - + - - *377. Zozymodes cavipes (Dana, 1852) IP - - - + - - Subsection THORACOTREMATA Guinot, 1977 Superfamily GRAPSOIDEA MacLeay, 1838 Family GECARCINIDAE MacLeay, 1838 378. Cardisoma carnifex (Herbst, 1794) IP - + + + + - Family GRAPSIDAE MacLeay, 1838 379. Grapsus albolineatus Lamarck, 1818 IP - + + + + - 380. Grapsus tenuicrustatus (Herbst, 1783) IP - - - + - - 381. Metopograpsus frontalis Miers, 1880 IP - - - + - - 382. Metopograpsus latifrons (White, 1874) IP + + + + + - 383. Metopograpsus messor (Forskål, 1775) IP + + + + + - 384. Metopograpsus thukuhar (Owen, 1839) IP + + - + - - 385. Pachygrapsus minutus A. Milne Edwards, 1973 IP - - + - - - Family PLAGUSIIDAE Dana, 1851 Subfamily PLAGUSIINAE Dana, 1851 386. Plagusia dentipes De Haan, 1835 IP - - - + - - 387. Plagusia depressa tuberculata Lamarck, 1818 CP - + + + - - Subfamily PERCNINAE Števčić, 2005 388. Percnon planissimum (Herbst, 1804) IP - - - + - - Family SESARMIDAE Dana, 1852 389. Clistocoeloma merguiense De Man, 1888 IP + - - - - -

219 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 390. Episesarma mederi (H. Milne Edwards, 1853) IP + + + + - - 391. Labuanium rotundatum (Hess, 1865) IP - - + - - - 392. Metasesarma obesum (Dana, 1852) IP + + + + - - 393. Muradium tetragonum (Fabricius, 1798) BB + + + + + - 394. Nanosesarma andersoni (De Man, 1887) IO - - - + - - 395. Nanosesarma batavicum (Moreira, 1903) IO - + - + - - 396. Nanosesarma minutum (De Man, 1887) IP - - - + - - *397. Neosarmatium meinerti De Man, 1887 IP - + - + - - *398. Neosarmatium punctatum (A. Milne Edwards, 1873) IP - - - + - - 399. Neosarmatium smithi (H. Milne Edwards, 1853) IP + - - - - - 400. Parasesarma fasciata (Lanchester, 1900) IO - - - + - - 401. Parasesarma pictum (De Haan, 1835) IP + - - + - - 402. Parasesarma plicatum (Fabricius, 1798) IP + + + + + - 403. Perisesarma bidens (De Haan, 1835) IP + + - + - - 404. Pseudosesarma edwardsi (De Man, 1888) IP + - - + - - 405. Selatium brockii (De Man, 1888) IP - - - + + - 406. Sesarmoides kraussi (De Man, 1888) IO + - - - - - 407. Sesarmoides longipes (Krauss, 1843) IP + - - - - - 408. Sesarmops impressum (H. Milne Edwards, 1837) IP + - - - - - 409. Sesarmops intermedium (De Haan, 1835) IP + + - - - - Family VARUNIDAE H. Milne Edwards, 1852 Subfamily CYCLOGRAPSINAE H. Milne Edwards, 1853 *410. Cyclograpsus eydouxi H. Milne Edwards, 1853 IO - - - + - - *411. Cyclograpsus punctatus H. Milne Edwards, 1837 CP - - - + - - 412. Metaplax crenulata (Gerstaecker, 1856) IP + + + - - - 413. Metaplax dentipes (Heller, 1865) BB + + - - - - 414. Metaplax distincta H. Milne Edwards, 1852 IO + + + + + - 415. Metaplax indica H. Milne Edwards, 1852 IO + + + - - - 416. Metaplax intermedia De Man, 1888 BB + - + - - - 417. Metaplax elegans De Man, 1888 IP - - + + - - 418. Pseudograpsus intermedius Chhapgar, 1955 IO - - + + - - *419. Pseudograpsus setosus (Fabricius, 1798) IP - - - + - - Subfamily VARUNINAE H. Milne Edwards, 1853 420. Parapyxidognathus deianira (De Man, 1888) BB + - - - - - 421. Ptychognathus altimanus (Rathbun, 1914) IP - - - + - - 422. Ptychognathus barbata (A. Milne Edwards, 1873) IP - + + - - - 423. Ptychognathus dentatus De Man, 1892 BB + - - - - -

220 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 424. Ptychognathus onyx Alcock, 1900 BB + + - - - - 425. Pyxidognathus fluviatilis Alcock, 1900 BB + - - - - - 426. Varuna litterata (Fabricius, 1798) IP + + + + - - Superfamily OCYPODOIDEA Rafinesque, 1815 Family CAMPTANDRIIDAE Stimpson, 1858 427. Baruna socialis Stebbing, 1904 IP - + + + - - *428. Camptandrium sexdentatum Stimpson, 1858 IP - + - + - - Family DOTILLIDAE Stimpson, 1858 429. Dotilla blanfordi Alcock, 1900 IO + + + - - - 430. Dotilla intermedia De Man, 1888 BB + + + + - - 431. Dotilla malabarica Nobili, 1903 IO - - - - + - 432. Dotilla myctrioides (H. Milne Edwards, 1852) IP - + + + + + 433. Dotilla pertinax (Kemp, 1915) BB - + - - - - 434. Dotillopsis brevitarsis (De Man, 1888) BB + + - - - - 435. Ilyoplax gangeticus (Kemp, 1919) IO + + - - - - 436. Ilyoplax pusilla (De Haan, 1835) IP - - - + - - 437. Ilyoplax stapletoni (De Man, 1908) BB + - - - - - 438. Scopimera globosa De Haan, 1835 BB + + - - - - 439. Scopimera investigatoris Alcock, 1900 BB + + - - - - 440. Scopimera pilula Kemp, 1919 BB - - + + - - 441. Scopimera proxima Kemp, 1919 IO + - - + - - Family MACROPHTHALMIDAE Dana, 1851 442. Euplax leptophthalmus H. Milne Edwards, 1852 IP - + - - - - 443. Macrophthalmus (Macrophthalmus) brevis (Herbst, + + + - + - 1804) IP 444. Macrophthalmus (Macrophthalmus) convexus Stimpson, - - - + + - 1858 IP 445. Macrophthalmus (Macrophthalmus) crassipes H. Milne + - - - - - Edwards, 1834 IP 446. Macrophthalmus (Macrophthalmus) laevimanus H. - - - - + - Milne Edwards, 1852 IP 447. Macrophthalmus (Macrophthalmus) parvimanus - - - + + - Guerin-Meneville, 1834 IO 448. Macrophthalmus (Macrophthalmus) sulcatus H. Milne + - - - - - Edwards, 1852 IP 449. Macrophthalmus (Macrophthalmus) telescopicus (Owen, - - - + - - 1839) IP

221 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 450. Macrophthalmus (Macrophthalmus) transversus + + - - - - (Latreille, 1817) IP 451. Macrophthalmus (Macrophthalmus) depressus Rüppell, + + + + + - 1830 IP 452. Macrophthalmus (Mareotis) pacificus Dana, 1851 IP + - - - - - 453. Macrophthalmus (Mareotis) teschi Kemp, 1919 BB + - - - - - 454. Macrophthalmus (Mareotis) tomentosus Eydoux and + + + - - - Souleyet, 1842 IP 455. Macrophthalmus (Paramareotis) erato De Man, 1888 IP + - - + + - 456. Macrophthalmus (Venitus) dentipes Lucas in Guérin- + - - - - - Méneville, 1838 IO Family OCYPODIDAE Rafinesque, 1815 Subfamily OCYPODINAE Rafinesque, 1815 457. Ocypode ceratophthalma (Pallas, 1772) IP + + + + + - 458. Ocypode cordimana Desmarest, 1825 IP - + + + - - 459. Ocypode macrocera H. Milne Edwards, 1837 IO + + + + + - 460. Ocypode platytarsis H. Milne Edwards, 1852 IP + + + + + - Subfamily UCINAE Dana, 1851 461. Uca dussumieri (H. Milne Edwards, 1852) IP + - + + - - 462. Uca inversa (Hoffmann, 1874) IP - - - - + - 463. Uca lactea (De Haan, 1835) IP + + + + + - 464. Uca perplexa (H. Milne Edwards, 1837) IP - - - - + - 465. Uca rosea (Tweedie, 1837) IP + + - - - - 466. Uca tetragonon Herbst, 1790 IP - - - + - - 467. Uca triangularis (A. Milne Edwards, 1873) IP + + + + + - 468. Uca vocans (Linnaeus, 1758) IP + - + + + - Family XENOPHTHALMIDAE Stimpson, 1858 *469. Neoxenophthalmus obscurus (Henderson, 1893) BB - + - - - - 470. Xenophthalmodes moebii Richters, 1880 IO - - + - - - *471. Xenophthalmus pinnotheroides White, 1848 IP - - - + - - Superfamily PINNOTHEROIDEA De Haan, 1833 Family PINNOTHERIDAE De Haan, 1833 Subfamily PINNOTHERINAE De Haan, 1833 472. Arcotheres alcocki (Rathbun, 1910) IP - + + - - - 473. Arcotheres placunae (Hornell and Southwell, 1909) IO - - + - - - 474. Arcotheres sinensis (Shen, 1933) IP - - - + - - 475. Buergeres decanensis (Chopra, 1931) BB - - - + - -

222 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india

Table 2. contd. Sl. No. Family and species 1 2 3 4 5 6 476. Nepinnotheres cardii (Bürger, 1895) IP + - - - - - 477. Pinnotheres boniensis Stimpson, 1858 IP + - - - - - 478. Pinnotheres hanumantharaoi Nirmaladevi and - - + - - - Shyamasundari, 1989 BB *479. Pinnotheres mactricola Alcock, 1900 BB + - - - - - 480. Pinnotheres purpureus Alcock, 1900IO - + - - - - 481. Pinnotheres ridgewayi Southwell, 1911 BB - - - + - - 482. Viridotheres gracilis (Bürger, 1895) IP - - + - - - Total 137 149 128 382 58 16 Abbreviations used: IP= Indo-Pacific; IO= Indian Ocean; BB= Bay of Bengal; CP= Cosmopolitan; 1= West Bengal; 2= Odisha; 3= Andhra Pradesh; 4= Tamil Nadu; 5= Puducherry; 6= Coromandel coast (no specific state could be ascertained, however, presently the Coromandel coast is shared by the states of Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh and the union territory of Puducherry). Two genera, Jonas and Etisus are also recorded from Andhra Pradesh (Dev Roy and Bhadra, 2005). DISCUSSION A total of 482 species belonging to 221 genera under 45 families (Table 2) have been recorded from various maritime States and one Union Terrytory of east coast of India. The present study shows Tamil Nadu contains 79.25%, West Bengal (28.42%), Odisha (30.91%), Andhra Pradesh (26.56%), Puducherry (12.03%) and Coromandel coast (3.32%) of the crab species recorded from the east coast. It is revealed from the present investigation that out of 482 species recorded herein, 356 species are Indo-Pacific in distribution while 121 species are confined to Indian Ocean, of which, 55 species are restricted in Bay of Bengal. Cosmopolites are few, represented by 3 species only, viz., Calappa gallus, Plagusia depressa tuberculata and Cyclograpsus punctatus. One species Ilyoplax gangeticus has been recorded for the first time from Talchua of Odisha. 95 species have been described as new from this coast (Table 3). However, among these, two species, namely, Cancer armadillus and Demania indiana are presently recognized to a single species, Demania armadillus (Herbst, 1796). Table 3. List of new species described from east coast of India Sl. Family and species Type locality and No. Taxon described as Current name References Dromiidae 1. Conchoedromia alcocki Conchoecetes artificiosus Sandheads (Chopra, 1933) (Fabricius, 1798) 2. Dromidia kendalli Sphaerodromia kendalli (Alcock Nellore, Andhra Pradesh and Anderson, 1894a) (Alcock and Anderson, 1894a)

223 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 3. contd.

Sl. Family and species Type locality and No. Taxon described as Current name References 3. Pseudodromia Ascidiophilus caphyraeformis Tuticorin, Tamil Nadu integrifrons Richters, 1880 (Henderson, 1893) AETHRIDAE 4. Actaeomorpha morum Drachiella morum (Alcock, 1896) Ganjam coast, Odisha (Alcock, 1896) CALAPPIDAE 5. Calappa exanthematosa Calappa japonica Ortmann, 1892 Bay of Bengal off Madras coast (Alcock and Anderson, 1894a) 6. Calappa pustulosa Calappa pustulosa Alcock, 1896 Off Ganjam and Odisha coast (Alcock, 1896) MATUTIDAE 7. Matuta miersii Ashtoret miersii (Henderson, Madras, Tamil Nadu 1887) (Henderson, 1887) Family CORYSTIDAE 8. Jonas kalpakkamensis Jonas kalpakkamensis Kalpakkam, Tamil Nadu Barathkumar, Das and Satpathy, (Barathkumar, Das and 2016 Satpathy, 2016) DORIPPIDAE 9. Dorippe polita Paradorippe polita (Alcock and Madras coast (Alcock and Anderson, 1894b) Anderson, 1894b) OZIIDAE 10. Ozius frontalis Epixanthus frontalis (H. Milne Tranquebar, Tamil Nadu Edwards, 1834) (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) 11. Actumnus nudus Sphaerozius nudus (A. Milne Pondicherry (A. Milne Edwards, 1867) Edwards, 1867) CHASMOCARCINIDAE 12. Chasmocarcinops Chasmocarcinops gelasimoides Madras, Tamil Nadu (Alcock, gelasimoides Alcock, 1900 1900) IPHICULIDAE 13. Pariphiculus coronatus Pariphiculus coronatus (Alcock Coromandel coast (Alcock and Anderson, 1894) and Anderson, 1894) LEUCOSIIDAE 14. Arcania Arcania gracilis Henderson, Madras coast (Alcock and quinquespinosa 1893 Anderson, 1894b) 15. Oreophorus reticulatus Oreophorus alcicornis Alcock, Ganjam coast, Odisha var. alcicornis 1896 (Alcock, 1896) 16. Ebalia diadumena Ebalia diadumena Alcock, 1896 Palk Straits, Tamil Nadu (Alcock, 1896)

224 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india

Table 3. contd.

Sl. Family and species Type locality and No. Taxon described as Current name References 17. Ebalia fallax Heterolithadia fallax Gulf of Mannar (Henderson, (Henderson, 1893) 1893) 18. Ebalia malefactrix Philyra malefactrix (Kemp, 1915) Chilka Lake, Odisha (Kemp, 1915) 19. Parilia alcocki Parilia alcocki Wood-Mason, East coast of India (Wood- 1891 Mason, 1891) 20. Myra brevimana Myra brevimana Alcock, 1896 Ganjam coast, Odisha (Alcock, 1896) 21. Philyra polita Philyra globus (Fabricius, 1775) Madras, Tamil Nadu (Henderson, 1893) 22. Philyra sexangula Philyra sexangula Alcock, 1896 Godavari coast, Sacramento Shoal, Andhra Pradesh (Alcock, 1896) 23. Philyra verrucosa Ryphila verrucosa (Henderson, Madras, Tamil Nadu 1893) (Henderson, 1893) 24. Leucosia longifrons var. Coleusia biannulata (Tyndale- Palk Straits, Tamil Nadu neocaledonica Biscoe and George, 1962) (Alcock, 1896) 25. Leucosia truncata Seulocia truncata (Alcock, 1896) Odisha coast (Alcock, 1896) 26. Cancer cylindrus Ixa cylindrus (Fabricius, 1793) Tranquebar, Tamil Nadu (Fabricius, 1793) 27. Cancer porcellanus Philyra globus (Fabricius, 1775) Tranquebar, Tamil Nadu (Fabricius, 1775) EPIALTIDAE 28. Menaethius brevirostris Menaethius brevirostris Heller, Madras (Heller, 1862) 1862 HYMENOSOMATIDAE 29. Elamena cristatipes Elamena cristatipes (Gravely, Krusadai Island (Gravely, 1927) 1927) 30. Elamena (Trigonoplax) Elamena cimex Kemp, 1915 Chilka Lake (Kemp, 1915) cimex 31. Hymenicoides carteri Hymenicoides carteri Kemp, Shibpur near Kolkata, West 1917 Bengal (Kemp, 1917) 32. Hymenicus inachoides Neorhynchoplax inachoides Port Canning, West Bengal (Alcock, 1900) and Port Blair (Alcock, 1900) 33. Rhynchoplax nasalis Neorhynchoplax nasalis (Kemp, Bidya river near 1917) Chingrighata, West Bengal (Kemp, 1917)

225 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 3. contd.

Sl. Family and species Type locality and No. Taxon described as Current name References INACHIDAE 34. Inachoides Chorinachus dolichorhynchus Madras coast (Alcock and dolichorhynchus (Alcock and Anderson, 1894b) Anderson, 1894b) 35. Encephaloides Encephaloides armstrongi Wood- Odisha coast off Ganjam armstrongi Mason, 1891 and Gopalpur (Wood-Mason, 1891) PALICIDAE 36. Cymopolia serripes Pseudopalicus serripes (Alcock Madras coast around Palk and Anderson, 1894b) Straits and Sri Lanka (Alcock and Anderson, 1894b) PARTHENOPIDAE 37. Cancer fornicate Cryptopodia fornicata (Fabricius, Tranquebar, Tamil Nadu 1781) (Fabricius, 1781) 38. Cryptopodia echinosa Cryptopodia echinosa Chiong Madras (Chiong and Ng, and Ng, 1998 1998) 39. Cancer echinatus Enoplolambrus echinatus Tranquebar, Tamil Nadu (Herbst, 1790) (Herbst, 1790) GALENIDAE 40. Hoploxanthus hextii Parapanope euagora De Man, East coast of India and 1895 Nicobars (Alcock, 1898) 41. Parapanope serenei Parapanope serene Guinot and Madras, Tamil Nadu Ng in Guinot, 1985 (Guinot, 1985) PILUMNIDAE 42. Eurycarcinus Eurycarcinus bengalensis Deb, Chamta Block, Sundarbans, bengalensis 1998a West Bengal (Deb, 1998a) 43. Ceratoplax hispida Ceratoplax hispida Alcock, 1900 Palk Straits, Tamil Nadu (Alcock, 1900) 44. Pilumnus wood-masoni Viaderiana wood-masoni (Deb, Tuticorin, Tamil Nadu (Deb, 1987) 1987) 45. Actumnus verrucosus Actumnus calypso (Herbst, 1801) Tuticorin, Tamil Nadu (Henderson, 1893) 46. Cancer calypso Herbst, Actumnus calypso (Herbst, 1801) Tranquebar, Tamil Nadu 1801) (Herbst, 1801) 47. Heteropanope neolaevis Heteropanope neolaevis Deb, Gangetic delta, West Bengal 1998a (Deb, 1998a) PORTUNIDAE 48. Lissocarcinus arkati Lissocarcinus arkati Kemp, 1923 Sandheads, mouth of river Hugli (Kemp, 1923) 49. Cancer sanguinolentus Portunus (Portunus) Tranquebar, south-east India sanguinolentus (Herbst, 1783) (Herbst, 1783)

226 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india

Table 3. contd.

Sl. Family and species Type locality and No. Taxon described as Current name References 50. Portunus Portunus tranquebaricus Indian Ocean probably from tranquebaricus Fabricius, 1798 Tranquebar (Fabricius, 1798) 51. Portunus annulatus Charybdis (Charybdis) Indian Ocean probably from annulataFabricius, 1798 Tranquebar (Fabricius, 1798) 52. Portunus Lucifer Charybdis (Charybdis) lucifera Indian Ocean probably from (Fabricius, 1798) Tranquebar (Fabricius, 1798) 53. Goniosoma rostratum Charybdis (Charybdis) rostrata Mouth of river Ganges (A. (A. Milne Edwards, 1861) Milne Edwards, 1861) 54. Portunus varigatus Charybdis (Charybdis) varigata Indian Ocean probably from (Fabricius, 1798) Tranquebar (Fabricius, 1798) 55. Goniosoma hoplites Charybdis (Goniohellenus) Madras coast (Wood-Mason, hoplites (Wood-Mason, 1877) 1877) 56. Portunus truncatus Charybdis (Goniohellenus) Indian Ocean probably from truncata (Fabricius, 1798) Tranquebar (Fabricius, 1798) 57. Charybdis Charybdis (Goniohellenus) Odisha coast, Persian Gulf, (Goniohellenus) var. vadorum Alcock, 1899 Arakan coast (Alcock, 1899) vadorum 58. Cancer admete Thalamita admete (Herbst, 1803) Probably east coast of India but possibly Indo-Malayan Archipelago (Herbst, 1803) 59. Thalamita Thalamita imparimana Alcock, Ganjam coast, Odisha imparimanus 1899 (Alcock, 1899) 60. Thalamita sima Thalamita sima H. Milne Coromandel coast (H. Milne Edwards, 1834 Edwards, 1834) THIIDAE 61. Nautilocorystes Nautilocorystes investigatoris Visakhapatnam coast, investigatoris Alcock, 1899 Andhra Pradesh (Alcock, 1899) XANTHIDAE 62. Zalasius indica Zalasius indica Sankarankutty, Devipatnam, Palk Bay, Tamil 1967 Nadu (Sankarankutty, 1967) 63. Paractaea neospeciosa Paractaea neospeciosa Deb, 1989 Palk Strait, and Gulf of Mannar, Tamil Nadu (Deb, 1989) 64. Atergatopsis Atergatopsis signata (Adams and Pondicherry (A. Milne flavomaculatus White, 1848) Edwards, 1866) 65. Nectopanope Nectopanope rhodobaphes (Wood- Godavari coast, Andhra rhodobaphes Mason, 1891) Pradesh (Wood-Mason, 1891)

227 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Table 3. contd.

Sl. Family and species Type locality and No. Taxon described as Current name References 66. Lophactaea fissa Zosimus fissa (Henderson, 1893) Tuticorin, Tamil Nadu (Henderson, 1893) 67. Hypocoelus rugosus Hypocolpus rugosus (Henderson, Tuticorin, Tamil Nadu 1893) (Henderson, 1893) 68. Euxanthus punctatus Euxanthus exsculptus (Herbst, East India (A. Milne 1790) Edwards, 1866) 69. Liagore erythematica Liagore erythematica Guinot, Kolkata, West Bengal 1971 (Guinot, 1971) 70. Medaeus rouxi Nanopilumnus rouxi (Balss, Pamban and Krusadai 1935) Island, Gulf of Mannar (Balss, 1935) 71. Demania Neoxanthops michelae Serène Waltair coast, Andhra shyamasundari and Vadon, 1981 Pradesh (Nirmaladevi, 1991) 72. Demania alcocki Demania alcocki Deb, 1986 Odisha coast (1986) 73. Cancer armadillus Demania armadillus (Herbst, Tranquebar, Tamil Nadu 1790) (Herbst, 1790) 74. Demania Indiana Demania armadillus (Herbst, Balasore Bay, Odisha (Deb, 1790) 1986) GECARCINIDAE 75. Cancer carnifex Cardisoma carnifex (Herbst, Tranquebar, Tamil Nadu 1794) (Herbst, 1794) GRAPSIDAE 76. Pachygrapsus Metopograpsus thukuhar (Owen, Port Canning, West Bengal porpinquus 1839) (De Man, 1908) 77. Cancer setosus Pseudograpsus setosus Tranquebar, Tamil Nadu (Fabricius, 1798) (Fabricius, 1798) SESARMIDAE 78. Sarmatium punctatum Neosarmatium punctatum (A. Madras, Tamil Nadu Milne Edwards, 1873) (Thallwitz, 1891) 79. Sesarma aspera Parasesarma asperum (Heller, Madras, Ceylon, Nicobar 1865) (Heller, 1865) CAMPTANDRIIDAE 80. Leiopocten sordidulum Baruna socialis Stebbing, 1904 Ennur backwater, Tamil Nadu (Kemp, 1915) DOTILLIDAE 81. Dotilla Dotilla intermedia De Man, 1888 False Point, Mahanadi delta, clepsydrodactylus Odisha (Alcock, 1900)

228 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india

Table 3. contd.

Sl. Family and species Type locality and No. Taxon described as Current name References 82. Dotilla pertinax Dotilla pertinax (Kemp, 1915) Chilka Lake, Odisha (Kemp, 1915) 83. Scopimera pilula Scopimera pilula Kemp, 1919a Pamban, Tuticorin, Tamil Nadu (Kemp, 1919a) MACROPHTHALMIDAE 84. Cancer brevis Macrophthalmus East India (Herbst, 1804) (Macrophthalmus) brevis (Herbst, 1804) 85. Macrophthalmus Macrophthalmus Pondicherry (H. Milne laevimanus (Macrophthalmus) Edwards, 1852) laevimanus H. Milne Edwards, 1852 86. Macrophthalmus Macrophthalmus Krusadai Island and Kutikal, convexus subsp. Kempi (Macrophthalmus) Tamil Nadu (Gravely, 1927) parvimanus Guerin-Meneville, 1834 87. Macrophthalmus Euplax leptophthalmus H. Milne Chilka Lake, Odisha (Kemp, gastrodes Edwards, 1852 1915) 88. Macrophthalmus teschi Macrophthalmus (Mareotis) Gangetic delta (Kemp, 1919b) teschi Kemp, 1919b OCYPODIDAE 89. Ocypode macrocera Ocypode macrocera H. Milne Pondicherry (H. Milne Edwards, 1837 Edwards, 1837) 90. Ocypode platytarsis Ocypode platytarsis H. Milne Pondicherry (H. Milne Edwards, 1852 Edwards, 1837) 91. Ocypode portonovoensis Ocypode macrocera H. Milne Vellengirayanpattai, Porto Edwards, 1837 Novo, Tamil Nadu (Premkumar, 1964) 92. Gelasimus varigatus Uca inversa (Hoffman, 1874) Madras, Tamil Nadu (Heller, 1865) PINNOTHERIDAE 93. Pinnotheres deccanensis Buergeres deccanensis (Chopra, Gulf of Mannar, Tamil Nadu 1931) (Chopra, 1931) 94. Pinnotheres Pinnotheres hanumantharaoi Visakhapatnam coast, hanumantharaoi Nirmaladevi and Andhra Pradesh Shyamasundari, 1989 (Nirmaladevi and Shyamasundari, 1989) 95. Pinnoteres mactricola Pinnoteres mactricola Alcock, Mouth of river Hugli, West 1900 Bengal (Alcock, 1900)

229 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Among the maritime States of east coast of India, eight brachyuran families, viz., Carpilidae, Eriphiidae, Euryplacidae, Hexapodidae, Palicidae, Tetralidae, Trapeziidae and Panopeidae are found exclusively in Tamil Nadu and one family each is reported only from the states of West Bengal (Scalopidiidae), Andhra Pradesh (Thiidae) and Homolidae (Coromandel coast) respectively. Further 19 subfamilies viz., Raniniinae (Raniidae), Epialtinae, Tychinae (Epialtidae), Majinae (Majidae), Daldorfinae (Parthenopidae), Calamaniinae, Eumedoninae (Pilumnidae), Carupinae, Polybiinae (Portunidae), Chlorodiellinae, Cymoinae, Etisinae, Euxanthinae, Kraussinae, Liomerinae, Trapeziinae, Quadrellinae (Trapeziidae), Zalasiinae (Xanthidae) and Percninae (Plagusiidae) are known only from Tamil Nadu while a single subfamily namely, Sphaerodromiinae and Lyreidinae are recorded each from Andhra Pradesh and Coromandel coast respectively. The present study shows that the generic diversity is highest in Tamil Nadu (180) followed by Odisha (79) and West Bengal (72) (Table 3). They represent 85.31% in Tamil Nadu, 37.44% in Odisha and 34.12% in West Bengal. Among the 211 genera recorded from various parts of the east coast of India, 87 genera, namely, Ascidiophilus, Cryptodromia, Cryptodromiopsis, Dromidiopsis (Dromiidae), Ranina (Raninidae), Aethra (Aethridae), Mursia (Calappidae), Carpilius (Carpilidae), Paradorippe (Dorippidae), Eriphia (Eriphiidae), Eupilumnus, Ozius (Oziidae), Eucrate, Henicoplax, (Euryplacidae), Hexapus (Hexapodidae), Onychomorpha, Alox, Myrine, Nursilia, Pseudophilyra (Leucosiidae), Acanthonyx, Huenia, Menaethius, Simocarcinus, Austrolibinia, Naxioides, Tylocarcinus, Stilbognathus (Epialtidae), Camposcia, Chorinachus, Litosus, Paratymolus (Inachidae), Cyclax, Prismatopus (Majidae), Pseudopalicus (Palicidae), Daldorfia, Thyrolambrus, Aulacolambrus, Pseudolambrus, Rhinolambrus (Parthenopidae), Calmania, Harrovia, Rhabdonotus, Zebrida, (Galenidae), Glabropilumnus, Nanopilumnus, Pilumnus, Viaderiana, Notonyx, Pseudolitochira, (Pilumnidae), Carupa, Catoptrus, Parathranites, Achelous (Portunidae), Tetralia (Tetralidae), Quadrella, Trapezia (Trapeziidae), Panopeus (Panopeidae), Actaeodes, Epiactaea, Gaillardiellus, Paractaea, Pseudoliomera, Chlorodiella, Pilodius, Cyclodius, Cymo, Etisus, Euxanthus, Hypocolpus, Palapedia, Bruciana, Liomera, Leptodius, Macromedaeus, Neoxanthops, Paraxanthias, Xanthias, Zalasius, Atergatis, Platypodia, Zosimus, Zozymodes (Xanthidae), Percnon (Plagusiidae), Cyclograpsus (Varunidae), Xenophthalmus (Xenophthalmidae) and Buergeres (Pinnotheridae) are recorded only from Tamil Nadu. Similarly, 10 genera, viz., Scalopidia (Scalopidiidae), Hymenicoides, Neorhynchoplax, Trigonoplax, (Hymenosomatidae), Cycloachelous (Portunidae), Orphanoxanthus (Xanthidae), Clistocoeloma, Sesarmoides (Sesarmidae), Parapyxidgnathus (Varunidae) and Nepinnotheres (Pinnotheridae) are known exclusively from West Bengal, 4 genera, namely, Hoplophrys (Epialtidae), Macropodia (Inachidae), Euplax (Macrophthalmidae) and Neoxenophthalmus (Xenophthalmidae) from Odisha, 9 genera, namely, Sphaerodromia (Dromiidae), Ceratoplax (Pilumnidae), Nautilocorystes (Thiidae), Banareia, Nectopanope (Xanthidae), Pachygrapsus (Grapsidae), Labuanium

230 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india

(Sesarmidae), Xenophthalmodes (Xenophthalmidae) and Viridotheres from Andhra Pradesh and a single genus Atergatopsis from Puducherry. Two genera, namely, Homolax (Homolidae), Lyreidus (Raninidae) are known from Coromandel coast only. Three species, namely, Portunus puber, Cardisoma guanhumi and Varuna altimana are of doubtful occurrence from Tamil Nadu. The report of species Macropodia falcifera by Pal and Khora (1999) and Gecarcoidea lalandii by Sahoo and Palita (2013) from Odisha also appears to be doubtful since the distributional records of the former species is confined to the region Cape Province to East London while the latter species is restricted to Andaman and Nicobar Islands. As such, these five species are not included in the present list. It is evident from the present study that east coast harbours 482 species under 211 genera and 45 families while west coast supports only 249 species [including 23 species that have been added to the list of brachyuran fauna since the publication of Dev Roy (2013b)] under 130 genera and 39 families in spite of the fact that west coast has longer coastline (3297 km), more continental shelf (3,51,000 sq km) and coastal areas (73,808 million ha) as mentioned by Dev Roy (2013a). This may be due to greater habitat diversity in the east coast which includes extensive mangroves, reefs, deltas, lagoons, estuaries and mudflats. It may be mentioned that five families, namely, Homolodromiidae, Atelecyclidae, Mathildellidae, Geryonidae and Pseudoziidae occurring in west coast are not represented in east coast. Similarly, ten families, viz., Aethridae, Carpilidae, Corystidae, Ethusidae, Chasmocarcinidae, Scalopidiidae, Thiidae, Tetralidae, Camptandriidae and Palicidae occurring in east coast are not found in west coast. Furthermore, it is also revealed that 91 species of crabs [marked with asterisk (*) in Table 2] have not been reported/collected for more than hundred years from the east coast. Thus, it is felt that further specific investigation is needed to understand the present status of these species besides evaluation of environmental factors like pollution, anthropogenic activities, etc., as well as climate change. REFERENCES Alcock, A. 1893. Natural History Notes from H. M. Indian Marine Survey Stea Investigator’, commander C. F. Oldham, R. N., commanding. Series 2, No. 9. An account of the deep sea collection made during the season of 1892-93. J. Asiat Soc. Bengal, 62(2): 169-184, pls. 8 and 9. Alcock, A. 1895-1900. Materials for the Carcinological Fauna of India (Nos. 1-6). The Brachyura, Oxyrhyncha, Oxystoma, Cyclometopa, Primigenia or Dromiacea and Catometopa or Grapsoidea). J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 64(2): 157-291, 65(2): 134-296, 67(2): 67-233, 68(2): 1-104 and 123-169, 69(2): 279-456. (Reprinted in 1984, International Books & Periodicals Supply Service, New Delhi). Alcock, A. 1899. An Account of the Deep-Sea Brachyura collected by the Marine Survey Ship “Investigator”. Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta : ii + 2-85, pls. 1-4.

231 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Alcock, A. and Anderson, A. R. 1894a. Natural History Notes from H. M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘Investigator’, Commander C. F. Oldham, R. N., commanding. Series 2, No. 14. An account of a recent collection of deep sea crustacean from the Bay of Bengal and Laccadive Sea. J. Asiat Soc. Bengal, 63(2): 141-185. Alcock, A. and Anderson, A. R. 1894b. Natural History Notes from H. M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘Investigator’, Commander C. F. Oldham, R. N., commanding. Series 2, No. 17. List of the shore and shallow-water Brachyura collected during the season 1893-1894. J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 63(2): 197-209. Bairagi, N. 1995. Ocypodidae: Decapoda: Crustacea. Estuarine Ecosystem Series, Part 2: Hugli-Matla Estuary: 263-287. Zoological Survey of India, Calcutta. Bairagi, N. and Misra, A. 1998. On the taxonomic status of Gelasimus acutus Stimpson (Decapoda: Ocypodidae) present in the National Collection of Zoological Survey of India, Calcutta. J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 85(2): 449-450. Balss, H. 1935. On three south Indian crabs (Decapoda: Brachyura) of the Madras museum. Rec. Indian Mus., 37: 45-48, pl. 2. Barathkumar, S., Das, N. P. and Satpathy, K. K. 2016. A new species of sand crab Jonas Hombron and Jacquinot, 1846 (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura: Corystidae) from the southeastern coast of India. Zootaxa, 4079(4): 480-486. DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.4079.4.7. Chiong, W. L. and Ng, P. K. L. 1998. A revision of the Buckler crabs of the genus Cryptopodia H. Milne Edwards, 1834. (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura: Parthenopidae). Raffles Bull. Zool., 46(1): 157-216, figs. 1-35, tabs. 1-6. Chopra, B. 1931. Further notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum. II. On some Decapoda Crustacea found in the cloaca of holothurians. Rec. Indian Mus., 33(3): 303-324, pl. 7. Chopra, B. 1933. Further Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum. III. On the Decapoda Crustacea collected by the Bengal Pilot Service off the mouth of the River Hughli. Dromiacea and Oxystomata. Rec. Indian Mus., 35(1): 25-52. Chopra, B. 1934. Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum. VI. On a new Dromiid and a rare Oxystomous crab from the Sandheads off the mouth of the Hughly River. Rec. Indian Mus., 36(4): 477-481, pl. 8. Chopra, B. 1935. Further notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum. On the Decapoda Crustacea collected by the Bengal Pilot Service off the mouth of the River Hughli. Brachygnatha (Oxyrhyncha and Brachyrhyncha). Rec. Indian Mus., 37(4): 463-514, pl. 9, text-figs. 1-18.

232 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india

Deb, M. 1986. Observation and description of two new species of crab Demania indiana sp. nov. and D. alcocki sp. nov., from east coast of India. Rec. zool. Surv. India, 83(3&4): 127-134. Deb, M. 1987. Description of seven new species and one new record of Pilumninae : Xanthidae : Decapoda : Crustacea from India. Bull. zool. Surv. India, 8(1-3): 299-312, Figs. 1-4, pls. 12, 13. Deb, M. 1989. Contribution to the study of Xanthidae : Actaeinae (Decapoda : Crustacea) of India. Rec. zool. Surv. India, Occ. Paper No. 117: 1-59, pls. 1-9. Deb, M. 1995. Xanthidae: Decapoda: Crustacea. Estuarine Ecosystem Series, Part 2: Hugli Matla Estuary, pp. 217-228. Zoological Survey of India, Calcutta. Deb, M. 1998a. Crustacea: Decapoda: Crabs. State Fauna Series 3: Fauna of West Bengal (Part 10): 345-403. Zoological Survey of India. Deb, M. 1998b. Crustacea. Fauna of Mahanadi Estuary, Estuarine Ecosystem Series, 3: 129-159. Zoological Survey of India. Deb, M. and Bhadra, S. 1985. First record of a crab, Portunus pubescens (Dana) from Indian coasts (Crustacea: Decapoda: Portunidae). Bull. zool. Surv. India, 7(2-3): 203-205. Deb, M. and Ghosh, S. K. 1993. First record of a crab, Sesarma smithi H. M. Edwards (Crustacea: Decapoda: Grapsidae) from Indian coast. Rec. zool. Surv. India, 90: 57-60. Dev Roy, M. K. 2012. A preliminary report on the brachyuran crabs (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura) from mangroves of Odisha. J. Environ. & Sociobiol., 9(1): 97-98. Dev Roy, M. K. 2013a. Brachyuran crab diversity in estuaries of Odisha coast. In : K. Kathiresan and S. Ajmal Khan (eds.), Coastal Ecosystems of India : 51-57, fig. 1, tab. 1. ENVIS Publication Series, Special Publication, Centre of Advanced Study in Marine Biology, Annamalai University, Parangipettai, India. Dev Roy, M. K. 2013b. Diversity and distribution of marine crab communities inhabiting west coast of India. Chapter 10. In: K. Venkataraman, C. Sivperuman and C. Raghunathan(eds.), Ecology and Conservation of Tropical Marine Faunal Communities : 1-22. Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg. Dev Roy, M. K. and Bhadra, S. 2001. Brachyuran crabs (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura). Estuarine Ecosystem Series, 4: Fauna of Godavari Estuary: 35- 54. Zool. Surv. India: Kolkata. Dev Roy, M. K. and Bhadra, S. 2005. Marine and estuarine crabs.State Fauna Series, 5: Fauna of Andhra Pradesh (Part 5): 357-535. Zool. Surv. India: Kolkata.

233 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Dev Roy, M. K. and Bhadra, S. 2011. Brachyuran crabs (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura). In: Fauna of Tamil Nadu, State Fauna Series, 17(2): 109-269. Zool. Surv. India: Kolkata. Dev Roy, M. K. and Nandi, N. C. 2000. Brachyuran bio-resources of coastal Andhra Pradesh. Proc. Nat Symp.on Conservation and Valuation of Marine Biodiversity: 53-66. Zool. Surv. India: Kolkata. Dev Roy, M. K. and Nandi, N. C. 2005. Brachyuran diversity of coral reef ecosystems in India. Proc. Nat. Sem. on Reef Ecosystem Remediation, SDMRI Research Publication No., 9: 220-231. Dev Roy, M. K. and Nandi, N. C. 2007. Brachyuran diversity in coastal ecosystems of Tamil Nadu. J. Environ. & Sociobiol., 4(2): 169-192. Dev Roy, M. K. and Nandi, N. C. 2008. Checklist and distribution of Brachyuran crabs of West Bengal, India. J. Environ. & Sociobiol., 5(2): 191-214. Dev Roy, M. K. and Nandi, N. C. 2009. A note on the distribution of Brachyuran crabs in estuarine ecosystems of eastern coast of India. J. Nat. Hist., 5(1): 7-11. Dev Roy, M. K. and Nandi, N. C. 2015. Brachyuran crab diversity, distribution, behaviour and adaptation in Sundarban delta, West Bengal. In: G. Saha (ed.), Indian Wetlands: Crisis and Options. Astral International Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi : 33-50, fig. 1, tabs. 1-2. Dev Roy, M. K. and Rath, S. 2017. An inventory of crustacean fauna from Odisha coast. J. Environ. & Sociobiol., 14(1): 49-112, tabs. 1 and 2. Dev Roy, M. K., Rath, S. and Nandi, N. C. 2017. A note on portunid crabs of Odisha coast, India. Fish & Ocean Opj1(3): OFOAJ. MS. ID. 555562(2017). Fabricius, J. C. 1775. Systema Entomologiae, sistens insectotum Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species, Adjectis Synonymies, Locis, Descriptionibus, Observationibus. Libraria Kortii: Flensburgi, Lipsiae : 1-832. Fabricius, J. C. 1781. Species Insectorum exhibentes orum Differentias specificas, Synonyma auctorum, Loca natalia, Metamorphosis adiectis Observationibus, Descriptionibus : i-viii + 1-552. Fabricius, J. C. 1787. Mantissa Insectorum sisterns eorumspecies nuper detectas adjectis Characteribus genericis, Differentiis specificis, Emendationibus, Observationibus. Vol. 1: i-xx +1-348. Hafniae. Fabricius, J. C. 1793. Entomologia Systematica Emendata et Aucta, Secundum, Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species, Adjectis Synonimis, Locis, Observationibus, Descriptionibus. Hafniae. Vol. 2: viii + 1-519. Fabricius, J. C. 1798. Entomologiae Systematiceae Supplementum. Hafniae : 1-572 + 1-52 (index).

234

System_5/Journal of Seba 14(2) 2017/Article_10/1st/234 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india

Ghosh, S. K. 1995. Crustacea: Decapoda: Grapsidae. Estuarine Ecosystem Series, Part 2: Hugli-Matla Estuary: 229-248. Zoological Survey of India, Calcutta. Ghosh, S. K. 1998. Crustacea: Decapoda: Grapsidae. State Fauna Series, 3, Fauna of West Bengal, Part 10: 329-343. Gokul, A. and Venkataraman, K. 2010. and systematics of coral associated brachyuran crabs in Gulf of Mannar Biosphere Reserve. Rec. zool. Surv. India, 110(3): 61-76, pls. 1-4. Goswami, B. B. 1992. Marine fauna of Digha coast of West Bengal, India. J. mar. biol. Ass. India, 34(1-2): 115-137. Gravely, F. H. 1927. Decapoda (except Paguridea and Stomatopoda). In: The Littoral Fauna of Krusadai Island in the Gulf of Mannar. Bull. Madras Govt. Mus. (N. S.), 1(1): 135-155. Gravely, F. H. 1941. Shells and other animal remains found on the Madras beach. I. Groups other than snails etc. (Mollusca: Gastropoda). Bull. Madras Govt. Mus. (N. H.), (5), 1: 1-112. Guinot, D. 1971. Sur l’existence d’une deuxieme espece de Liagore De Haan, L. erythematica sp. nov. (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura). Bull. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris, ser. 2, 42: 1091-1098 (1970). Guinot, D. 1985. Revision du genre Parapanope De Man, 1895. (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura), avec description de trios especes nouvelles. Bull. Mus. Natn. Hist. nat., Paris, ser. 4, 7: 677-707. Heller, C. 1862. Neue crustacean gesammelt während der weltumseglung der K. K. Fregatte Novara. Zweiter vorläufiger Bericht. Verhandl. Zool.-Botan Gesells. Wien, 12: 519-528. Heller, C. 1865. Reise der Österrichischen Fregatte Novara Um die Erde in den Jahren 1857-58-59 unter den Befehlen des commodors B. von Wüllerstorf- Urbair. Zool. Crustaceen, 2(3): 1-280. Henderson, J. R. 1887. Notes on Madras species of Matuta. Madras J. Litt. Sci., 29: 63-68. Henderson, J. R. 1893. A contribution to Indian carcinology. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool., ser. 2, 5: 325-458, pls. 36-40. Herbst, J. F. W. 1782-1804. Versuch einer Naturgeschichte der Krabben und Krebse, nebst einer systematischen Beschreibung ihrer verschiedenen Arten. Vol.1: 5-274 (1742-1790); Vol. 2: iv-viii + 1-225(1796); Vol. 3: 1-65, pls. 47-50, A-9 (1799); 1-46, pls. 51-54, A-F (1801); 1-54, pls. 55-58, A-G (1803); pls. 59-62, A-G (1804). Berlin und Stralsund.

235

System_5/Journal of Seba 14(2) 2017/Article_10/1st/235 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Jetkins, J. T. 1910. Observations on the shallow-water fauna of the Bay of Bengal made on the Bengal Fisheries Steam-Trawler “Golden Crown”, 1908-1909. Rec. Indian Mus., 7: 51-64, pl. 4. Jeyabaskaran, R., Khan, S. A. and Ramaiyan, V. 2000. Brachyuran crabs of Gulf of Mannar, pp. 1-99, pls. 1-78. Centre of Advanced Study in Marine Biology, Annamalai University, Parangipettai. Kannappan, T., Shanmugavelu, M., Sudhamathi, C., Elumalai, V. and Karthikeyan M.M. (2012) New record of pea crabs (Pinnotheres sinensis Shen, 1932) along the Manakudy Estuary, Southwest Coast of India. European Journal of Biological Sciences, 4(2): 45-48. Kasinathan, C., Sukumaran, S., Gandhi, A., Boominathan, N. and Rajamani, M. 2007. On a rare species of Spanner crab Ranina ranina (Crustacea: Brachyura: Raninidae) from Gulf of Mannar, India. J. mar. biol. Ass. India, 49(1): 89-90, fig. 1, tab. 1. Kemp, S. 1915. Fauna of Chilka Lake. Mem. Indian Mus., 5: 199-325, pls. 1-22, figs. 1-20. Kemp, S. 1917. Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum. 10. Hymenosomatidae. Rec. Indian Mus., 13(4): 243-279. Kemp, S. 1919a. Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum. XII. Scopimerinae. Rec. Indian Mus., 16(5): 305-348, pls. 12-13. Kemp, S. 1919b. Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum. XIII. The Indian species of Macrophthalmus. Rec. Indian Mus., 16(5): 383-394, pl. 24. Krishnamoorthy, P. 2009. Brachyuran crabs from the collections of Marine Biological Centre. Rec. zool. Surv. India, Occ. Paper No., 304: 1-46. Lai, J. C. Y., Ng, P. K. L. and Davie, P. J. F. 2010. A revision of the Portunus pelagicus (Linnaeus, 1758) species complex (Crustacea: Brachyura: Portunidae), with the recognition of four species. The Raffles Bulletin of Zoology, 58(2): 199-237, figs. 1-24, tabs. 1-8. Lakshmi Pillai, S. and Thirumilu, P. 2008. New record of brachyuran crabs from the Chennai coast. J. mar. biol. Ass. India, 50(2): 238-240. Lalitha Devi, S. 1981. Occurrence of peacrabs Pinnotheres gracilis Bürger and P. alcocki Rathbun at Kakinada. J. mar. biol. Ass. India, 23(1-2): 214-218. Man, J. G. De. 1908. The fauna of brackish ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal. Part 10. Decapod Crustacea, with an account of a small collection from brackish water near Calcutta and in the Dacca district, Eastern Bengal. Rec. Indian Mus., 8(3): 211-231, pls. 18-19.

236 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india

Milne Edwards, A. 1861. Études Zoologiques sur les Crustacés récents de la famille des Portuniens. Archs. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, sér., 1, 10: 309-428, pls. 28-38. Milne Edwards, A. 1866. Etudes zoologiques sur les Crustacés récents de la famille des Cancériens. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. nat., 1: 177-308, pls. 11-309. Milne Edwards, A. 1867. Descriptions de quelques espèces [et genres] nouvelles de Crustacés Brachyures. Annls. Soc. Ent. Fr., Sér. 4, 7: 263-288. Milne Edwards, H. 1834-1837. Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, comprenant l’anatomie, la physiologie et la classification de ces animaux, Paris. Vol. 1, pp. xxxv + 468 (1834); Vol. 2: 1-532 (1837). Milne Edwards, H. 1852. Observations sur les affinities Zoologiques et la classification naturelle des Crustacés. Annls. Sci. nat. (Zool.), sér. 3, 18: 109-166, pls. 3-4. Milne Edwards, H. 1853. Mémoire sur la Famille des Ocypodiens. Observations sur la classification des Crustacés. Ibid, sér. 3, 3: 163-228, pls. 6-11. Misra, A. and Ghatak, S. S. 1979. On a new association between pea crab Pinnotheres cardii Bürger and the bivalve Mactra luzonica Deshayes in Indian waters. Bull. Zool. Surv. India, 2(1): 109-118. Mohanty, B., Raut, D., Dev Roy, M. K., Raman, A. V., Patnaik, L., Nayak, A., Rout, S. S. and Dash, B. 2015. First record of two goneplacid crabs off Devi estuary, Odisha coast, India (Crustacea: Decapoda: Goneplacidae). J. mar. biol. Ass. India, 58(1): 83-86, figs. 1-3, tabs. 1-2. Mohanty, B., Raut, D., Dev Roy, M. K. (in press). Sighting the spider crab Elamena xavieri Kemp, 1917 (Crustacea: Decapoda: Hymenosomatidae) a century after its first report on the Indian sea coast. J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 113. Mohanty, B., Raut, D., Dev Roy, M. K., Raman, A. V., Patnaik, L., Nayak, A., Dash, B. and Rout, S. S. (in press). First record of a Leucosid crab Paranursia abbreviata (Bell, 1855) from Devi estuary, Odisha coast, India. IJMS. In press. Mohanty, B., Raut, D., Dev Roy, M. K., Raman, A. V., Patnaik, L., Nayak, A., Rout, S. S. and Dash, B. (in press). New host record of pea crab Pinnotheres purpureus Alcock 1909 (Crustacea: Decapoda: Pinnotheridae) with description of male. Marine Biodiversity Records. Mohapatra, A., Dey, S. K., Mohanty, S. K., Bhatta, K. S. and Mohanty, R. K. 2007. Brachyuran crab fauna of Chilika lagoon, Orissa, after opening of the new mouth. Fishing Chimes, 27(2): 33-34. Monokaran, S., Khan, S. A., Lyla, P. S. and Murugan, S. 2008. First record of brachyuran crab Jonas choprai Serene, 1971 (Crustacea: Decapoda) in Indian waters at Parangipettai, southeast coast of India. J. mar. biol. Ass. India, 50(1): 117-118, fig. 1.

237 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Murugesan, V. K. 1978. On new records of the deep-sea portunid crab, Podophthalmus vigil (Fabricius) from Ennore and Pulicat estuaries, Madras. J. inland Fish. Soc. India, 10: 171-173. Ng, P. K. L., Guinot, D. and Davie, P. J. F. 2008. Systema Brachyurorum : Part I. An annotated Checklist of extant brachyuran crabs of the world. Raffles Bull. Zool., 17: 1-286. Nirmaladevi, K. 1991. Demania shyamasundari, a new species of crab (Decapoda: Brachyura) from Waltair coast of Bay of Bengal. J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 88(1): 81-85. Nirmaladevi, K. 1993. Portunid crabs of Visakhapatnam. J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 90(3): 535-537. Nirmaladevi, K. and Shyamasundari, K. 1989. A new species of Pinnotheres Latreille (Decapoda: Brachyura) from Visakhapatnam coast of Bay of Bengal, Andhra Pradesh. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 86(2), 217–221, figs. 1–3, table 1. Nirmaladevi, K., Shyamasundari, K. and Rao, K. H. 1988a. Brachyuran crabs of Visakhapatnam. Biological Bulletin of India, 10: 20-27. Nirmaladevi, K., Shyamasundari, K. and Rao, K. H. 1988b. A new record of Ixoides Cornutus MacGilchrist, 1905 (Decapoda: Brachyura) from Indian waters. J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 85(3): 651-653, text-figs. 1-3. Nobili, G. 1903. Crostacei di Pondichéry, Mahé, Bombay etc. No. 452. Boll. Musei Zool. Ant. Comp. R. Univ., 18: 1-24. Pal, S. and Khora, S. S. 1999. Studies on the carcinological fauna of Gopalpur coast, Bay of Bengal. I. Non-brachyrhynchan (Decapoda: Brachyura). Rec. zool. Surv. India, 97(4): 5-22. Pati, P., Sahu, B. K. and Panigrahy, R. C. 2015. Pea crab Arcotheres alcocki (Rathbun, 1909) as endoparasites of the backwater clam Meretrix casta (Chemnitz, 1782), IJMS, 44(7): 1067-1070, figs. 1A-F, tab. 1. Premkumar, V. K. 1962. Note on Podophthalmus vigil (Fabricius) from India. Crustaceana, 3(4): 319-320. Premkumar, V. K. 1964. A new species of sand crab of the genus Ocypoda Fabricius, 1798 (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura) from the coromandel coast, India. Proc. zool. Soc., Calcutta, 17: 153-157, pl. 4, figs. 1-2, text-fig. A-C. Rao, K. V. R., Rao, C. A. N., Nahar, S. C., Rao, D. V. and Mahapatra, A. 1992. Studies on the ecology and fauna of the Rushikulya estuary (Ganjam), Orissa. Estuaine Ecosystem Series No. 1: Rushikulya Estuary : 7-26. Rao, D. V. and Rath, S. 2013. Icthyofauna and decapod crustacean fauna of Nuanai estuary, Odisha. Estuarine Ecosystem Series, 8: 1-49, pls. 53-65. Zool. Surv. India. 238 Diversity and distribution of marine crabs of east coast of india

Rao, D. V. and Rath, S. 2014. Fauna of Brahmani and Baitarani estuarine complex, Odisha, Bay of Bengal. Estuarine Ecosystem Series, 7: 1-115, pls. 1-20. Zool. Surv. India. Rath, S. and Dev Roy, M. K. 2011. Crabs and Prawns (Crustacea: Decapoda) of Bahuda estuary, Ganjam, Odisha. Rec. zool. Surv. India, 111: 47-51. Sahoo, D. and Polita, S. K. 2013. New records and distribution pattern of brachyuran crabs in Chilika lagoon, Odisha, India. Eco. Env. & Cons., 19(2): 409-415, figs. 1-5, tab. 1. Sankarankutty, C. 1967. Decapod Brachyura from Gulf of Mannar and Palk Bay. Proc. Symp. Crust., Part 1: 348-362. Marine Biological Association of India, Mandapam Camp. Saravanan, R. and Ramamoorthy, N. 2013. Occurrence of box crab Calappa bilineata (Ng, Lai and Aungtonya, 2002) from Gulf of Mannar, southeast coast of India. Marine Fisheries Information Service, T. & E. Ser., No. 216: 24-25, pl. 1. Sethuramalingam, S. and Khan, S. A. 1991. Brachyuran crabs of Parangipettai coast : 1-50, pls. 1-28. Centre of Advanced Study in Marine Biology, Annamalai University, Parangipettai. Shrinivaasu, S., Venkataraman, K. and Venkataraman, C. 2014. New record of genus Catoptrus A. Milne Edwards, 1870 from Indian coastal waters. G. J. J. B., 3(1): 124-125, figs. A-B. Silambarasan, K., Sundaramanickam, A., Krishnamoorthy, S. and Palaniswamy, S. 2015. First record of buckler crab Cryptopodia angulata (Decapoda: Brachyura: Parthenopidae) from Chennai coast (Bay of Bengal), India. Journal of Asia- Pacific Biodiversity, 8(1): 102-104. Thalwitz, J. 1891. Decapoden-studien, insbesondere basirt auf A. B. Meyer’s Sammlungen in Ostindischen Archipel, nebst einer Aufzählung der Decapoden und Stomatopoden des Dresdener Museums. Abhandl. Mus. Dresden, 1890-91, 3(3): 1-55, pl.1. Thurston, E. 1895. Ramesvaram Island and Fauna of Gulf of Mannar. Bull. Madras Govt. Mus., 3: 81-138. Vaitheeswaran, T., Prabhakar, K., Anbuarasu, K. and Mariappan, P. 2013. Record of the Frog crab, Raninoides personatus Henderson, 1888 (Crustacea: Decapoda: Raninidae). Tamil Nadu J. Veterinary & Animal Sciences, 9(5): 362-365. Varadharajan, D. and Soundarapandian, P. 2014. Crab biodiversity from Arukkattuthurai to Pasipattinam, south east coast of India. IJMS, 43(4): 676- 698, figs. 1-24, tabs. 1-3.

239 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Varadharajan, D., Soundarapandian, P. and Pushparajan, N. 2013. The global science of crab biodiversity from Puducherry coast, south-east coast of India. , 2(1): 26-35. Viswanathan, C., Suresh, T. V., Elumalai, V., Pravinkumar, M. and Raffi, S. M. 2013. Recurrence of a marine brachyuran crab, Parapanope euagora (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura: Galenidae) from east coast of India. Arthropods, 2(2): 75-79. Wood-Mason, J. 1877. Description of a new species of Portunidae from the Bay of Bengal. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., ser. 4, 19: 422. Wood-Mason, J. 1887. Natural History Notes from H. M.’S. Indian Marine Survey Steamer “Investigator”, Commander Alfred Carpenter, R. N., commanding. No. 4. Description of a new species of crustacean belonging to the brachyurous family Raninidae. J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 56(2): 206-208, pl. 1, figs. 1-6. Wood-Mason, J. and Alcock, A.1891. Natural History Notes from H. M.’S. Indian Marine Survey Steamer “Investigator”, Commander Alfred Carpenter, R. N., commanding. No. 21. Notes on the results of the last season’s deep-sea dredging. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. Soc., ser. 6, 7: 258-272 also pp. 186-202.

240 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) : 241-254, 2017 Print : ISSN : 0973-0834 Impact Factor : 0.342 (2015) Online : ISSN : 2454-2601 Received : 19 May, 2017 / Accepted : 22 June, 2017 / Published Online : December, 2017

A REPORT ON SOIL AND PLANT PARASITIC NEMATODES (ORDERS: DORYLAIMIDA AND TYLENCHIDA) OF MAHARASHTRA, INDIA

Viswa Venkat Gantait and Debabrata Sen Zoological Survey of India, M-Block, New Alipore, Kolkata-700053

ABSTRACT Soil and plant parasitic nematodes are hidden enemies of agriculture due to their minute structure and are responsible for serious yield losses. During taxonomic survey on soil free living and plant parasitic nematodes from April, 2012 to March, 2015 in Maharashtra 19 species belonging to the order Dorylaimida and 9 species under Tylenchida were collected. These are identified following the keys made by Jairajpuri and Ahmad (1992) and Siddiqi (2000) for the orders Dorylaimid and Tylenchida respectively. Two dorylaimid species are newly recorded from India. Six dorylaimid and 2 tylenchid species are recorded for the first time from Maharashtra. The specimens are deposited to the National Zoological Collections of Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata with registration number. A consolidated report of 32 species under 21 genera and 11 families of Dorylaimida and 49 species under 22 genera and 11 families of Tylenchida described and recorded so far from Maharashtra till date is presented herein. Key words: , Dorylaimida, Tylenchida, taxonomy, Maharashtra INTRODUCTION Among the soil-borne pests, soil free-living and plant-parasitic nematodes are generally overlooked due to their hidden nature and microscopic size. They multiply in millions and spread from place to place by different agricultural practices, causing great damage to the agricultural crops. They inhibit root growth, and general growth of plants affecting crop production and are thus responsible for massive yield losses. Due to this lack of awareness in common people and farmers, the importance of nematodes in agriculture is overlooked (Jairajpuri and Ahmad, 1992). Extensive studies on occurrence, distribution and taxonomy of soil and plant parasitic nematodes belonging to Dorylaimida and Tylenchida associated with different economically important agricultural crops were done and several new species

*Corresponding Author : Email: [email protected]

241 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) from Maharashtra were described by different nematologists (Suryanwanshi, 1971a & b, 1972; Ali and Joshi, 1971; Ali et al., 1973; Ali, et al., 1973; Darekar and Khan, 1978a, b & c; Khan and Darekar, 1978a & b; Darekar and khan, 1980; Darekar and Khan, 1981b & c; Patil, 1998). Distribution of economically important plant parasitic nematodes has been observed and reported by Khan et al., 2010. and so on. Nematodes associated with different fruit plants in Maharashtra have been studied by several workers (Siddiqi, 1964; Darekar and Khan, 1980; 1981a; Darekar et al., 1990b; Singh, 1999). The nematodes, associated with sugarcane ecosystem were also observed (Darekar and Pokharkar, 1981; Sundararaj and Mehta, 1994). Extensive work has been done on the nematodes associated with groundnut and cotton which are the important cash crops of Maharashtra (Darekar et al., 1990a; Darekar et al., 1992). Nematode constraints to pigeon pea and chickpea in Vidarbha region of Maharastra were reported by Varaprasad et al., 1997. Some important observations related to Tylenchida were made by Dhawan et al., 2004. The present paper includes two systematic lists of soil and plant-parasitic nematodes belonging to the orders Dorylaimida Pearse, 1942 and Tylenchida Thorne, 1949 from Maharashtra. 32 species under 21 genera and 11 families of Dorylaimida and 49 species under 22 genera and 11 families of Tylenchida have been compiled and reported in this communication. The classification proposed by Jairajpuri and Ahmad (1992) and Siddiqi (2000) has been followed to arrange the available genera and species of Dorylaimida and Tylenchida respectively from Maharashtra and to indicate their present taxonomic status. MATERIALS AND MEDHODS Soil samples were collected from different agricultural fields of different districts of Maharashtra State. The collected soil samples were processed by ‘Cobb’s sieving and decantation technique’ (Cobb, 1918) followed by ‘modified Bearmann’s funnel technique’ (Chrisite and Perry, 1951) for extraction of nematodes. The extracted nematodes were fixed following ‘Seinhorst’s method’ (Seinhorst, 1966). Then permanent slides were prepared and the specimens were identified following the identification key of Jairajpuri and Ahmad (1992) in case of the order Dorylaimida and Siddiqi (2000) for the order Tylenchida. Measurements of the specimens were taken with the help of an ocular micrometer using Olymps research microscope, model no. BX 41. Dimensions were presented in accordance with ‘De Man’s formula’ (De Man, 1884). Positions of the pharyngeal gland unclei were presented according to ‘Andrássy’s formula’ (1998). All the specimens were deposited to the National Zoological Collections of Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION During faunistic surveys conducted by the Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata on soil free living and plant parasitic nematodes from April 2012 to March 2015 in Maharashtra, 19 species belonging to the order Dorylaimida and 9 species under

242 A report on soil and plant parasitic nematodes.....

Tylenchida were collected and identified. A consolidated report of 32 species under 21 genera and 11 families of Dorylaimida and 49 species under 22 genera and 11 families of Tylenchida described and recorded so far from Maharashtra till date are being presented here under. In the following systematic index, the species those have been collected and identified are given in the asteric marks.

SYSTEMATIC INDEX TO THE SPECIES OF ORDER DORYLAIMIDA (* = collected species) Phylum NEMATODA Rudolphi, 1808 (Lankester, 1977)

Class SECERNENTIA Von Linstow, 1905 Order DORYLAIMIDA Pearse, 1942 Suborder DORYLAIMINA, Pearse, 1936 Superfamily DORYLAIMOIDEA De Man, 1876 Family DORYLAIMIDAE De Man, 1876 Subfamily DORYLAIMINAE De Man, 1876 Genus Dorylaimus Dujardin, 1845 1. *Dorylaimus innovatus Jana and Baqri, 1982 Subfamily LAIMYDORINAE Andrássy, 1969 Genus Prodorylaimus Andrássy, 1959 2. *Prodorylaimus sukuli Baksi and Baqri, 1985 Genus Laimydorus Siddiqi, 1969 3. *Laimydorus siddiqii Baqri and Jana, 1982 Subfamily THORNENEMATINAE Siddiqi, 1969 Genus Thornenema Andrássy, 1959 4. *Thornenema garhwalicum Srivastava et al., 2003 Family APORCELAIMIDAE Heyns, 1965 Subfamily APORCELAIMINAE Heyns, 1965 Genus Aporcelaimellus Heyns, 1965 5. *Aporcelaimellus conicaudatus (Altherr, 1953) Monteiro, 1970 6. *A. heynsi Baqri and Jairajpuri, 1968 7. *A. macropunctatus Heyns, 1995 Subfamily SECTONEMATINAE Siddiqi, 1969

243 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Genus Sectonema Thorne, 1930 8. *Sectonema procta Jairajpuri and Baqri, 1966 Family QUDSIANEMATIDAE Jairajpuri, 1965 Subfamily QUDSIANEMATINAE Jairajpuri, 1965 Genus Labronema Thorne, 1939 9. *Labronema glandosum Rahman et al., 1986 Genus Thonus Thorne, 1974 10. *Thonus garhwaliensis Ahmad et al., 1986 11. *T. confusus Jana & Baqri, 1982 Genus Indokochinema Darekar & Khan, 1979 12. *Indikochinema conicauda Darekar & Khan, 1979 Subfamily DISCOLAIMINAE Siddiqi, 1969 Genus Discolaimium Thorne, 1939 13. Discolaimium asji Mehdi, Ali and Suryawanshi, 1973 14. D. bulbiferum (Cobb, 1906) Timm and Bhuiyan, 1963 15. D. mazhari Baqri and Jairajpuri, 1968 16. D. oostenbrinki Mehdi, Ali and Suryawanshi, 1973 17. D. parweizi Siddiqi, 2003 18. D. upum Baqri and Jairajpuri, 1968 Genus Discolaimoides Heyns, 1963 19. *Discolaimoides teres Khan and Laha, 1982 Family NORDIIDAE Jairajpuri and Siddiqi, 1964 Subfamily ACTINOLAIMOIDINAE Jairajpuri and Ahmad, 1992 Genus Oriverutus Siddiqi, 1971 20. *Oriverutus lobatus Siddiqi, 1971 21. *O. mammilatus Darekar and Khan, 1982 Superfamily ACTINOLAIMOIDEA Thorne, 1939 Family ACTINOLAIMIDAE Thorne, 1939 Subfamily PARACTINOLAIMINAE Thorne, 1967 Genus Paractinolaimus Meyl, 1957 22. *Paractinolaimus aruprus Khan et al., 1994 244 A report on soil and plant parasitic nematodes.....

Superfamily LONGIDOROIDEA Thorne, 1935 Family LONGIDORIDAE Thorne, 1935 Subfamily LONGIDORINAE Thorne, 1935 Genus Paralongidorus Siddiqi, Hooper and Khan, 1963 23. *Paralongidorus microlaimus Siddiqi, 1964 Superfamily BELONDIROIDEA Thorne, 1939 Family BELONDIRIDAE Thorne, 1939 Subfamily BELONDIRINAE Thorne, 1939 Genus Belondira Thorne, 1939 24. Belondira golden Suryawanshi, 1972 25. B. paraclava Jairajpuri, 1964 26. B. rafiqi Suryawanshi, 1972 27. B. sacchari Suryawanshi, 1972 28. B. syedi Suryawanshi, 1972 29. Belondira thornei Suryawanshi, 1972 Superfamily TYLENCHOLAIMOIDEA Filipjev, 1934 Family MYDONOMIDAE Thorne, 1964 Subfamily MYDONOMINAE Thorne, 1964 Genus Dorylaimoides Thorne and Swanger, 1936 Subgenus Longidorylaimoides Jairajpuri and Ahmad, 1992 30. *Dorylaimoides (Longidorylaimoides) parvus Thorne and Swanger, 1936 Family AULOLAIMOIDIDAE Jairajpuri, 1964 Genus Oostenbrinkia Ali, Suryawanshi and Ahmad, 1973 31. Oostenbrinkia oostenbrinkia Ali, Suryawanshi and Ahmad, 1973 Suborder NYGOLYMINA Ahmad and Jairajpuri, 1979 Superfamily NYGOLAIMOIDEA Thorne, 1935 Family NYGOLAIMIDAE Thorne, 1935 Subfamily NYGOLAIMINAE Thorne, 1935 Genus Laevides Heyns, 1968 32. *Laevides laevis (Thorne, 1939) Thorne, 1974

245 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

SYSTEMATIC INDEX TO THE SPECIES OF TYLENCHIDA (* = collected species) Order TYLENCHIDA Thorne, 1949 Suborder TYLENCHINA Chitwood in Chitwood and Chitwood, 1950 Infraorder TYLENCHATA Sidiqi, 2000 Superfamily Örley, 1880 Family TYLENCHIDAE Örley, 1880 Subfamily TYLENCHINAE Örley, 1880 Genus Polenchus Andrássy, 1980 1. *Polenchus shamimi Baqri, 1991 Genus Sakia Khan, 1964 2. Sakia alii Suryawanshi, 1971 3. S. indica (Husain and Khan, 1965) Khan, Mathur, Nand and Prasad, 1968 Syn. Basiliophora indica Husain and Khan, 1965 4. S. propora (Husain and Khan, 1967) Suryawanshi, 1971 Syn. Basiliophora propora Husain and Khan, 1967 Subfamily BOLEODORINAE Khan, 1964 Genus Basiria Siddiqi, 1959 5. Basiria gramminophila Siddiqi, 1959 6. B. nasikensis Darekar and Khan, 1978 Family ECPHYADOPHORIDAE Skarbilovich, 1959 Subfamily ECPHYADOPHORINAE Skarbilovich, 1959 Genus Ecphyadophora de Man, 1921 7. Ecphyadophora quadralata Corbett, 1964 Infraorder ANGUINATA Siddiqi, 2000 Superfamily ANGUINOIDEA Nicoll, 1935 Family ANGUINIDAE Nicoll, 1935 Subfamily ANGUININAE Nicoll, 1935 Genus Ditylenchus Filipjev, 1936 8. *Ditylenchus angustus (Butler, 1913) Filipjev, 1936 Syn. Tylenchus angustus (Butler, 1913) 246 A report on soil and plant parasitic nematodes.....

Genus Nothotylenchus Thorne, 1941 9. *Nothotylenchus hexaglyphus Khan and Siddiqi, 1968 Suborder HOPLOLAIMINA Chizhov and Berezina, 1988 Superfamily HOPLOLAIMOIDEA Filipjev, 1934 (Paramonov, 1967) Family HOPLOLAIMIDAE Filipjev, 1934 (Wieser, 1953) Subfamily HOPLOLAIMINAE Filipjev, 1934 Genus Hoplolaimus von Daday, 1905 Subgenus Basirolaimus Shamsi, 1979 10. *Hoplolaimus (Basirolaimus) indicus Sher, 1963 11. H. (B.) senhorsti (Luc, 1958) Shamsi, 1979 Syn. [= H. (B.) sheri Syryawanshi, 1971] Syn. Hoplolaimus senhorsti Luc, 1958 Subgenus Ethiolaimus Siddiqi, 2000 12. Hoplolaimus (Ethiolaimus) pararobustus (Sch. Stekh. and Teun., 1938) Sher, 1963 Syn. Tylenchorhynchus pararobustus Sch. Stekh. and Teun., 1938 Genus Aorolaimus Sher, 1963 13. Aorolaimus intermedius Surwanshi, 1971 Subfamily ROTYLENCHOIDINAE Whitehead, 1958 Genus Helicotylenchus Steiner, 1945 14. *Helicotylenchus crenacauda Sher, 1966 15. H. dihystera (Cobb, 1893) Sher, 1961 16. H. eletropicus Darekar and Khan, 1980 17. H. girus Saha, Chawla and Khan, 1974 18. H. hydrophilus Sher, 1966 Syn. (= H. incisus Darekar and Khan, 1978) 19. H. indicus Siddiqi, 1963 20. H. morasii Darekar and Khan, 1980 21. H. multicinctus (Cobb, 1893) Goden, 1956 Syn. Tylenchus multicinctus Goden, 1956 22. H. obtusicaudatus Darekar and Khan, 1978 23. H. paradihysteroides Darekar and Khan, 1978 247 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Family ROTYLENCHULIDAE Husain and Khan, 1967 (Husain, 1976) Subfamily ROTYLENCHULINAE Husain and Khan, 1967 Genus Rotylenchulus Linford and Oliveira, 1940 24. *Rotylenchulus reniformis Linford and Oliveira, 194 Family PRATYLENCHIDAE Thorne, 1949 (Siddiqi, 1963) Subfamily PRATYLENCHINAE Thorne, 1949 Genus Pratylenchus Filipjev, 1936 25. *Pratylenchus coffeae (Zimmermann, 1898) Filipjev and Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1941 Syn. Tylenchus coffeae Zimmermann, 1898 26. P. thornei Sher and Allen, 1953 27. P. zeae Graham, 1951 Subfamily HIRSCHMANNIELLINAE Fotedar and Handoo, 1978 Genus Hirschmanniella Luc and Goodey, 1964 28. *Hirschmanniella gracilis (De man, 1880) Luc and Goodey, 1964 Syn. Tylenchus gracilis De man, 1880 29. *H. oryzae (van Breda de Hann, 1902) Luc and Goodey, 1964 Syn. Tylenchus oryzae van Breda de Hann, 1902 Subfamily RADOPHOLINAE Allen and Sher, 1967 Genus Radopholus Throne, 1949 30. Radopholus similis (Cobb, 1893) Throne, 1949 Syn. Tylenchus similis Cobb, 1893 Family MELOIDOGYNIDAE Skarbilovich, 1959 (Wouts, 1973) Subfamily MELOIDOGYNINAE Skarbilovich, 1959 Genus Meloidogyne Goeldi, 1892 31. Meloidogyne arenaria (Neal, 1889) Chitwwod, 1914 Syn. Anguinnula arenaria Neal, 1889 32. M. incognita (Kofoid and White, 1919) Chitwood, 1949 Family HETERODERIDAE Filipjev and Sch. Stekhoven, 1941 Subfamily HETERODERINAE Filipjev and Sch. Stekhoven, 1941 Genus Heterodera Schmidt, 1871 33. Heterodera cajani Koshy, 1967 248 A report on soil and plant parasitic nematodes.....

Superfamily DOLICHODOROIDEA Chitwood and Chitwood, 1950 (Siddiqi, 1986) Family TELOTYLENCHIDAE Siddiqi, 1960 Subfamily TELOTYLENCHINAE Siddiqi, 1960 Genus Telotylenchus Siddiqi, 1960 34. Telotylenchus teres Khan and Darekar, 1978 35. T. impar Khan and Darekar, 1978 36. T. housei Raski, Prasad and Swarup, 1964 Genus Truphurus Loof, 1956 37. Truphurus marathwadensis Suryawanshi, 1971 Genus Tylenchorhynchus Cobb, 1913 38. Tylenchorhynchus brassicae Siddiqi, 1961 39. T. coffeae Siddiqi and Basir, 1959 40. T. elegans Siddiqi, 1961 41. T. mashhoodi Siddiqi and Basir, 1959 42. T. punensis Khan and Darekar, 1978 Subfamily MERLINIINAE Siddiqi, 1971 Genus Merlinius Siddiqi, 1970 43. Merlinius macrophasmidus Khan and Darekar, 1978 Suborder CRICONEMATINA Siddiqi, 1980 Superfamily CRICONEMATOIDEA Taylor, 1936 (Geraert, 1966) Family CRICONEMATOIDE Taylor, 1936 Subfamily MACROPOSTHONINAE Skarbilovich, 1959 Genus Criconemoides Taylor, 1936 44. Criconemoides mongomorgum Darekar and Khan, 1978 Subfamily HEMICRICONEMOIDINAE Andrassy, 1979 Genus Hemicriconeodes Chitwwod and Birchfield, 1957 45. Hemicriconeodes mangiferae Siddiqi, 1961 46. H. mehdii Surwanshi, 1971 Superfamily HEMICYCLIOPHOROIDEA Skarbilovich, 1959 (Siddiqi, 19800) Family HEMICYCLIOPHORIDAE Skarbilovich, 1959 (Geraert, 1966)

249 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Subfamily HEMICYCLIOPHORINAE Skarbilovich, 1959 Genus Hemicycliophora de Man, 1921 47. Hemicycliophora ekdavici Darekar and Khan, 1981 48. H. punensis Darekar and Khan, 1981 Superfamily TYLENCHULOIDEA Skarbilovich, 1947 (Raski and Siddiqi, 1975) Family TYLENCHULIDAE Skarbilovich, 1947 (Kirjanova, 1955) Subfamily TYLENCHULINAE Skarbilovich, 1947 Genus Tylenchulus Cobb, 1913 49. Tylenchulus semipenetrans Cobb, 1913 Note : *Species collected and identified by the authors. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The authors are grateful to the Director, Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata for providing facilities to carry out the work and to publish the result.

REFERENCES Ahmad, M. and Jairajpuri, M. S. 1982. Nyglolaimina of India. Records of the Zoological Survey of India. Miscellaneous publication, Occasional paper No. 34: 1-70. Ali, S. M. and Joshi, P. M. 1971. Tylenchorhynchus brassicae Siddiqi, 1961 and Tylenchorhynchus Siddiqi, 1961 from new hosts in Maharashtra, India. Marathwada University Journal of Science, 10: 209-212. Ali, S. M., Suryawanshi, M. V. and Masood, A. 1973. Ostenbrinkia Oostenbrinki n. gen., n. sp. (Nematoda: Aulolaimoididae) from Marathwada, India. Nematologica, 19: 190-194. Ali, S. M., Suryawanshi, M. V. and Prabha, M. J. 1973. Studies on the genus Discolaimium Thorne, 1939 (Nematoda: Dorylaimoidea), with descriptions of two new species and a discussion on the validity of Discolaimoides Heyns, 1963. Nematologica, 19: 195-204. Altherr, E. 1953. Nématodes du sol du Jura vaudois et francais. Bulletin de la Sociéte Vaudoise des Sciences naturelles, 65: 429-460. Altherr, E. 1974. Nématodes de la nappe phréatique du réseau fluvial de la Saale (Thuringe) II. Limnologica, 9: 81-132. Andrassy, I. 1998. Once more: the oesophageal gland nucleiin the dorylaimoid nematodes. Opuscula Zoologica Budapestiensis, 31: 165-170.

250 A report on soil and plant parasitic nematodes.....

Baqri, Q. H. 1991. Contribution to the fauna of Sikkim: Nematodes associated with citrus from Sikkim, India. Records of the Zoological Survey of India; Occasional paper No., 128: 1-103. Baqri, Q. H. and Jairajpuri, M. S. 1970. On the intraspecific variations of Tylenchorhynchus mashhoodi Siddiqi and Basir, 1959 and emended key to species of Tylenchorhynchus Cobb, 1913. Rev. Brasil. Biol., 1: 61-68. Baqri, Q. H. and Jairajpuri, M. S. 1968. On six new species of Dorylaimida (Nematoda). Journal of Helminthology, 42 (3/4): 243-256. Bohra, P. 2008. Quantitative and qualitative studies on plant and soil nematodes associated with crops of economic importance in Rajasthan. Records of the Zoological Survey of India, Occasional paper No. 278: 1-80. Bohra, P. and Baqri, Q. H. 1997. Plant and soil nematodes. State fauna Series, 6; Fauna of Delhi, Zoological Survey of India: 75-108. Baqri, Q. H., Jana, A., Ahmad, N. and Das, P. K. 1983. Nematodes from West Bengal (India) VIII. Qualitative and quantitative studies of plant and soil inhabiting nematodes associated with paddy crop in Burdwan district. Rec. Zool. Surv. India, 80: 331-340. Christie, J. R. and Perry, V. G. 1951. Removing nematodes from soil. Proceedings of Helminthological Society of Washington, 17: 106-108. Cobb, N. A. 1918. Estimating the nema population of soil. Agric. Tech. Cir. Us Dept. Agric., 1: 48. Darekar, K. S. and Khan, E. 1978a. Soil and plant-parasitic nematodes from Maharashtra, India. III. Basiria nasikensis n. sp. And Criconemoides mongomorgum sp. n. (Tylenchida: Nematoda). Indian Journal of Nematology (1979), 7(2): 148-153. Darekar, K. S. and Khan, E. 1978b. Soil and plant-parasitic nematodes from Maharashtra, India. VI. Three new species of Helicotylenchus Steiner, 1945 (Tylenchida: Nematoda). Indian Journal of Nematology (1979), 8(2): 132-139. Darekar, K. S. and Khan, E. 1978c. Soil and plant-parasitic nematodes from Maharashtra, India. VII. Indokochinema conicauda n. gen., n. sp., and Kochinematidae n. fam. (Dorylaimida: Nematoda). Indian Journal of Nematology (1979), 8(2): 140-143. Darekar, K. S. and Khan, E. 1980. Two new species of Helicotylenchus Steneir, 1945 (Tylenchida: Nematoda) from Maharashtra, India. Nematol. Medit., 8: 1-7. Darekar, K. S. and Khan, E. 1981a. Soil and plant-parasitic nematodes from Maharashtra, India. Two new species of Hemicycliopohra De Man, 1921 (Tylenchida: Nematoda). Indian J. Nematol., 11(1): 35-41.

251 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Darekar, K. S. and Khan, E. 1981b. Soil and plant-parasitic nematodes from Maharashtra, India VIII. Mammillonema mammillatus gen. n., sp. n. (Dorylaimida: Nematoda). Indian Journal of Nematology, 11(2): 176-179. Darekar, K. S. and Khan, E. 1981c. Sheshadriella (Tylenchida: Nematoda) a new nematode genus from Maharashtra, India. Biovigyanam, 7(1): 85-87. Darekar, K. S. and Pokharkar, R. N. 1981. Nematodes associated with sugarcane in Maharashtra. Progress in soil biology and ecology in India, Technical Series University of Agricultural Sciences, Bangalore (India), 37: 39. Darekar, K. S. and Shelke, S. S. and Mhase, N. L. 1990a. Nematodes associated with groundnut in Maharashtra State, India. International Nematology Network Newsletter, 7(4): 5-6. Darekar, K. S. And Shelke, S. S. And Mhase, N. L. 1990b. Nematodes associated with fruit crop in Maharashtra State, India. International Nematology Network Newsletter, 7(2): 11-12. Darekar, K. S. and Shelke, S. S. and Mhase, N. L. 1992. Plant nematodes associated with cotton in Maharashtra State, India. Current Nematology, 3(1): 97-98. De Man, J. G. (1884). Die frei in der reinen Erde und im sussen Wasser lebenden Nematoden der niederlandischen Fauna. Leiden : 206. Dhawan, S. C. and Kaushal, K. K., Ganguly, S. and Singh, K. 2004. Occurrence of Pasteuria sp. in free living nematodes, Cephalobus and Discolaimium sp. Indian Journal of Nematology, 34(1): 107-109. Gantait, V. V., Bhattacharya, T. and Chatterjee, A. 2010. Nematodes of Banana. Lambert Academic Publishing Company, Germany : 300. Heyns, J., 1995. Three dorylaimoidea species from islands in the western Indian Ocean. Nematologica, 41: 422-434. Hasan, N. and Jain, R. K. 1998. Nematological research in Uttar Pradesh: An overview. In: Phytonematology in India (ed. Pravin Chandra Trivedi), CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, pp. 150-169. Husain, S. I. and Khan, A. M. 1965. A new genus and six new species of nematodes from India belonging in the family Neotylenchidae with an amendation of the subfamily Ecphyadophorinae. Proc. Helminthol. Soc. Wash., 32: 7-15. Husain, S. I. and Khan, A. M. 1967. Paurodontella n. gen. and three new species of nematodes from North India (Nematoda: Neotylenchidae). Nematologica, 13: 493-500. Husain, S. I. and Khan, A. M. 1968. Ecphyadophoroides graminis n. sp. and two new species of Ecphyadophora (Nematoda: Ecphyadophorinae) from North India. Nematologica, 14: 377-384.

252 A report on soil and plant parasitic nematodes.....

Jana, A. and Baqri, Q. H. 1981. Nematodes from West Bengal (India) XI. Studies on the species of the superfamily Leptonchoidea (Dorylaimida). Journal of Zoological Society, India, 33(1 & 2): 1-24. Jana, A. and Baqri, Q. H. 1982. Nematodes from West Bengal (INDIA XII). Dorylaimus innovatus sp. n., Thonus confusus sp. n. and Indokochinema ekramullahi sp. n. (Dorylaimoidea). Indian Journal of Nematology, 12(2): 263-271. Jairajpuri, M. S. and Ahmad, W. 1992. Dorylaimida. Freeliving, Predaceous and Plant parasitic Nematodes. Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi : 1-458. Jairajpuri, M. S. and Baqri, Q. H. 1991. Nematode Pests of Rice. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi : 1-66. Khan, E. and Darekar, K. S. 1978. Soil and plant-parasitic nematodes from Maharashtra, IV. Two new species of Telotylenchus Siddiqi, 1960 (Tylenchida: Nemaoda). Indian Journal of Nematology (1979), 8(1): 13-18. Khan, E. And Darekar, K. S. 1978. Soil and plant-parasitic nematodes from Maharashtra, India. V. Tylenchorhynchus punensis n. sp. and Merlinius macrophasmidus n. sp (Nematoda: Tylenchida). Indian Journal of Nematology (1979), 8(1): 43-48. Khan, Z., Ahmad, W. and Jairajpuri, M. S. 1994. Three new species of actinolaim nematodes from India. Nematologica, 40: 494-502. Khan, M. R., Jain, R. K., Singh, R. V. and Pramanik, A. 2010. Economically Important Plant Parasitic Nematodes Distribution ATLAS, Directorate of Information and Publications of Agriculture, Krishi Anusandhan Bhavan 1, Pusa, New Delhi 110012, pp. 145. Rahman, M. F., Jairajpuri, M. S., Ahmad, I. and Ahmad, W. 1986. Two new species of Labronema Thorne, 1939 (Nematoda: Dorylaimida) from India. Nematologica, 32: 367-373. Rashid, A., Khan, F. A. and Khan, A. M. 1973. Plant parasitic nematodes associated with vegetables, fruits, cereals and other crops in North India. I. Uttar Pradesh. Indian J. Nematol. 3: 8-23. Seinhorst, J. W. 1966. Killing nematodes for taxonomic study with hot f. a. 4: 1. Nematologica, 1: 178. Siddiqi, M. R. 1959. Basiria graminophila n. gen., sp. n. (Nematoda: Tylenchinae) found associated with grass roots in Aligarh, India. Nematologica, 4: 217-222. Siddiqi, M. R., 1964. Studies on Discolaimus spp. (Nematoda: Dorylaimidae) from India. Zeitschrift Fur Die Zoologische Systematik Und Evolutions Forschung, Frankfurt/ Main, Jermany, 2: 178-184.

253 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Siddiqi, M. R. 1971. Oriverutus lobatus gen. n., sp. n. and Sicaguttur sartum gen. n., sp. n. (Nematoda : Dorylaimoidea) from cultivated soils in Africa. Nematologica, 16: 483-491. Siddiqi, M. R. 2000. Tylenchida, Parasites of Plants and Insects. CABI Publishing, CAB International, Wallingford, U. K. : 1-833. Singh, Bansa 1999. Occurrence and distribution of Tylenchulus semipenetrans Cobb in Nagpur mandarin orchards of Vidarbha, Maharashtra. Indian J. Nematol., 29(2): 149-153. Singh, K. and Misra, S. R. 1974. Incidence and distribution of nematodes associated with sugarcane in Uttar Pradesh. Indian J. Nematol., 4: 182-188. Sundararaj, P. and Mehta Usha K. 1994. Distribution pattern of important species of plant parasitic nematodes in the sugar cane ecosystem of India. Indian J. Nematol., 24(2): 176-180. Suryawanshi, M. V. 1971a. Five new species of Belondira Thorne, 1939 and Porternema goodi n. gen., n. sp. (Nematoda: Belondiroidea) from Marathwada, India. Nematologica, 18: 44-58. Suryawansi, M. V. 1971b. Studies on Tylenchida (Nematoda) from Marathwada, India, with descriptions of four new species. Nematologica, 18: 393-406. Suryawanshi, M. V. 1971c. On a new and a known species of the genus Sakia S. H. Khan, 1964 (Nematoda: Nothotylenchidae) from Marathwada, India. Acta Parasitologica Polonica, 19(29/41): 369-373. Varaprasad, K. S., Sharma, S. B. and Loknathan, T. R. 1997. Nematode constraints to pigeonpea and chickpea in Vidarbha region of Maharasgtra in India. International Journal of Nematology, 7(2): 152-157.

254 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) : 255-256, 2017 Print : ISSN : 0973-0834 Impact Factor : 0.342 (2015) Online : ISSN : 2454-2601 Received : 5 June, 2017 / Accepted : 30 June, 2017 / Published Online : December, 2017

Notes and News

SEBA under “Wetland Watch” intends to promote, protect and restore wetlands in the country. Readers and researchers are requested to contribute to this column. Contact person: Dr. N. C. Nandi (Email: [email protected]; Mobile: 0892236527/09831537281) — SEBA

WETLAND WATCH. 7. KADAMANE JHORAS AND STREAMLETS SERVING AS WATER SOURCES TO THE NEEDS OF RESIDENTS AND RESORTS OF SAKLESHPUR AREAS UNDER KARNATAKA PART OF WESTERN GHAT

Kadamane village forests (Figs. 1-4) and estate areas are located at a distance of 240 km from Bangalore city and only at 28 km away Sakleshpur town of Hasan district on the southern side of Karnataka State. It is important that these areas are under Western Ghats which were selected as one of the UNESCO World Heritage sites to conserve this unique biodiversity hot spot in India. There are plenty of agri-plantaions like coffee, cardamom, paddy, orange, tea, etc. The place provides a number of home stays, resorts, etc., for visitors. To reach there from Sakleshpur town proceed towards Hanbal town which is about 14 km, and then towards Agani and from there the tarmac ends and natural terrain begins. Deep in the jungle several tiled-roof cottages are scattered over a green grassy terrain acres of land to attract the tourists. Tusk & Dawn, a jungle resort, is one of them, which has also a variety of pet animals. The area offers to hear loud scream of peacocks and thier eye-catching sight in the residential roof tops and surrounding earthen roadways (Fig. 2). But beware of land leaches in woodlands. A Jeep trek to the surrounding foothills, localities and Kadamane Tea Estate reveals that there are quite a number of permanent, semi-permanent and temporary streamlets and jhoras which glide down the hills provide water source for the residents and resorts of Kadamane areas. These water sources are channelized to lead into residential sites for domestic use and to toilets and bathrooms in the resorts for daily use. Sediments of suspended solids are found deposited on buckets and bath tubs. Supernatant waters are required to use for bathing and cleansing. And, carrying 255 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Fig. 1. Kadamane village forests. Fig. 2. Peacock foraging on earth on roadways.

Fig. 3. Streamlet as a source of water. Fig. 4. A small waterbody with aquatic weeds. of such water in transport containers (Fig. 3) for different purposes including road works can be seen from roadside streamlets. As such these wetlands and water sources are precious possession of residents and resorts of the UNESCO Heritage site – the unique Western Ghats of South India.

N. C. Nandi1, Rituparna Nandi2 and S. Ray Chaudhuri3 1-2Social Environmental and Biological Association (SEBA), Kolkata (1Email :[email protected] ; 2Email : [email protected]) and 3MISYS, International Tech Park, Bengaluru; Email : [email protected]

256 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) : 257-258, 2017 Print : ISSN : 0973-0834 Impact Factor : 0.342 (2015) Online : ISSN : 2454-2601 Received : 18 August, 2017 / Accepted : 30 August, 2017 / Published Online : December, 2017

Notes and News

WETLAND WATCH. 8. MULKARKHA LAKE : A WISHING LAKE OF KALIMPONG RANGE, DARJEELING DISTRICT, WEST BENGAL

Mulkarkha lake (Figs. 1-3), a natural lake situated at an altitude of 7300ft., is one of the few mountain lakes in West Bengal. It is located near a village also named as Mulkarkha close to the north east part of Bengal-Sikkim border in Kalimpong range, Darjeeling district, West Bengal. The lake is connected by a semi concrete road coming from south Sikkim, although villagers use a common trek route which is also popular among tourists. It starts from Lingsey through Jhusing, Tagathan and ultimately leads to Mulkarkha. The trek route to Mulkarkha lake is one of the most exciting trails of the Himalayan foothills. The lake is considered as sacred by the locals as they call it as ‘Wishing Lake’ or ‘Manokamana lake’. The most fascinating feature of this lake is the reflection of Mt. Kanchenjungha on its tranquil waters. Both locals and tourists are known to tie clean and colourful cloth pieces as a sign of their wishes towards this lake. The water body is surrounded by dense forest which consists of trees (Fig. 3.) like Himalayan pine, Himalayan fir, Japanese red-cedar, teak and others which are most common in rain forests. There are a number of worth seeing places like 200 feet waterfalls, enchanting views of Mt. Kanchenjungha, ageless Buddhist monasteries and remote villages with hundreds of bird species, butterflies and flowers. The lake and its surrounding forests are protected by local people as these are a part of their sacred religious believe. The water body is dominated by various ornamental fishes including gold fishes and other carps (Fig. 2). However, fishing or hunting is not allowed in and around the lake. According to the local people the lake serves as indirect water source but direct use of water is strictly prohibited.

Amit Ghosh and N. C. Nandi IPGMER, Kolkata (Email : [email protected] and SEBA, Kolkata (Email : [email protected])

257 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2)

Fig. 1. Panaromic view of Mulkarkha lake.

Fig. 2. A view of fishes on water surface.

Fig. 3. Colourful clothes picees tied on lines as symbols of people’s wishes.

258 J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : 14(2) : 259, 2017 Print : ISSN : 0973-0834 Impact Factor : 0.342 (2015) Online : ISSN : 2454-2601 Received : 12 July, 2017 / Accepted : 23 August, 2017 / Published Online : December, 2017

Notes and News

WETLAND WATCH. 9. ABBEY FALLS UNDER COORG DISTRICT OF KARNATAKA – A PLACE FOR TOURISTS’ ATTRACTION

Abbey Falls (Figs. 1-2) is one of the most popular tourist spots in Coorg of the Konkan region. It is located at 500 m from Abbeyfalls Road parking area and only at 7 km away from Madikeri mini town of Kodagu district, known to all as Coorg of Karnataka State. About 100 concrete steps to climb down the rain forest plants, coffee bushes, creepers and pepper vines to have a beautiful view of the Kaveri river falling from a height of 21 m from sea level. The hills around are age-old wilderness and the waterfall offers superb vista of wonderful amazement. A hanging bridge (Fig. 2) across the gorge provides an exceptional view of waterfall, adding beholding beauty of the place.

Fig. 1. Abbey falls in postmonsoon. Fig. 2. Hanging bridge in front of the waterfall.

Coorg is the cradle land of coffee and spices, which supports a rich portrait of nature. Besides Abbey and Mallali falls there are a plenty of water adventure, recreation and rejuvenation sites to pamper human senses and to enjoy the thrill of the Dubare river rafting, exotic flora and fauna at Nagarhole National Park, Pushpagiri Wildlife Sanctuary and the Dubare Elephant Camp. Besides these, there are also spiritual centers of divinity, such as, the Omkareshwara and Bhagamandala temples. The Tibetan monastery or the Namdroling Monastery in Kushalnagar with the golden statues of Buddha, Amitayus, etc., is also the major tourist attraction in Nater and wilderness dominated Coorg of Karnataka State. N. C. Nandi1, Rituparna Nandi2 and S. Ray Chaudhuri3 1-2SEBA, Kolkata and 3MISYS, Bengaluru

259 MEMBERSHIP FORM SOCIAL ENVIRONMENTAL AND BIOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (SEBA) (JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENT & SOCIOBIOLOGY)

To The Treasurer / Secretary / Editor Social Environmental and Biological Association (SEBA)/ Journal of Environment & Sociobiology (website : http://seba2004.tripod.com) Treasurer : Dr. Anirudha Dey, 33C Madhab Halder Road, Behala, Kolkata 700 034 (Phone : 033-2446-8075; Email: [email protected]) Secretary : Dr. V. V. Gantait, C/o, Zoological Survey of India, M-Block New Alipore, Kolkata 700 053 (Mobile : 09433463555, Email : [email protected]) Dear Sir, I wish to become the Life Member / Annual member and to renew the annual membership (for the year……………..) of Social Environmental and Biological Association (SEBA) / Journal of Environment & Sociobiology, and agree to abide by your rules and regulations. 1. Name 2. Institution

2. Designation 4. Date of Birth

5. Mailing Address

6. Telephone No 7. Fax No./E. Mail

8. Place/Date 9. Signature

10. Area of specialisation/ interests

SUBSCRIPTION (with effect from 2017)

Annual subscription for Individual without journal Rs. 300/- US $ 100 Life Membership for Individual without journal Rs. 2000/- US $ 600 Annual subscription for Institution : Print- Rs. 1200/- US $ 300 Online Rs. 600 + S.T US $ 150 + S.T Print & Online Rs. 1800 + S.T US $ 400 + S.T

Note : 1. All remittance may be made directly to Allahabad Bank IFSC code No. ALLA 0210841 (A/c No. 20509602759) or by Demand Draft in favour of Social Environmental and Biological Association pay- able at Kolkata or in cash. 2. It is compulsory for contributors to receive a copy of the journal on payment. The PDF of the article will be provided free of cost or as decided by the organization from time to time. 3. The contributors must bear postage and the cost of processing / printing photoplate, reprints, etc. 4. The editors reserved the right for publication (Print & online) of articles. 5. Please contact Informatics Publishing Limited, 194, R. V. Road, Basavangudi, Bangalore-560 004 (Mr. S. Sathya Prakash, subscription Manager, email : [email protected], Phone : 91-4038- 7777, extn. 1004) for online procurement.

260 GUIDELINES TO CONTRIBUTORS Journal of Environment & Sociobiology (J. Environ. & Sociobiol. : ISSN 0973-0834; UGC approved; webite : http://seba2004.tripod.com): This is a biannual journal (June and December) which is published in June and December by Social Environmental and Biological Association (SEBA) with the mission of encouragement and dissemination of scientific knowledge on social, environmental and biological disciplines to people of all walks of life and among all strata of the society in India and abroad. It includes three main streams such as social, environmental and biological sciences, both full papers and short communications, as well as reports and reviews, news and notes, seminar proceedings and thesis abstracts, standards and patents, individual experiences and institutional/ laboratory reports, etc., useful for education and awareness of the community at large. HOW TO PREPARE MANUSCRIPT For original research results manuscript should be prepared in the style as follows : Title (in capital), Author’s name and address, Abstract (within 200 words), Key words (in italic fonts), INTRODUCTION, MATERIAL AND METHODS, RESULTS AND DISCUSSION, ACKNOWLEDGEMENT (if any) and REFERENCES (alphabetically). For review papers and other documents authors are free to follow their own format keeping in view of the usual style of text and reference citation of the journal. References citation Nandi, N. C. and Bennett, G. F. 1997. The prevalence, distribution and checklist of avian haematozoa in the Indian subcontinent. Rec. zool. Surv. India, 96(1-4) : 83-150. Wetzel, R. G. 1975. Limnology. W. B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, pp. 1-323. Submission of articles Manuscripts with original figures and plates in duplicate along with one CD (Version :Adobe Page Maker 6.5) should preferably be submitted/communicated to Executive Editor/Editorial Coordinators / SEBA. Executive Editor : Dr. N. C. Nandi, M/4, S.M. Nagar Govt. Quarters, P.O. - Sarkarpool, Kolkata-700 143 (Email: [email protected]) ★ Dr. A. Dey, 33C Madhab Halder Road, Kolkata 700 034, Behala ★ Secretary : Dr. V. V. Gantait, C/o. Zoological Survey of India, New Alipore, Kolkata 700 053. It is to be noted that authors of the article should be the members of the Journal / SEBA. Subscription (with effect from 2017) Annual subscription for Individual without journal Rs. 300/- US $ 100 Life Membership for Individual without journal Rs. 2000/- US $ 600 Annual subscription for Institution : Print- Rs. 1200/- US $ 300 Online Rs. 600+S.T. US $ 150+S.T. Print & Online Rs. 1800+S.T. US $ 400+S.T. Note : 1. All remittance may be made directly to Allahabad Bank Code No. 700010049; IFSC Code No. Alla 0210841; A/c No. 20509602759 or by Demand Draft in favour of Social Environmental and Biological Association payable at Kolkata or in cash. 2. It is compulsory for contributors to receive a copy of the journal on payment. The PDF of the article will be provided free of cost or as decided by the organization from time to time. 3. The contributors must bear the cost of processing / printing figures / photoplate, reprint, etc. 4. The editors reserve the right for publication (Print & online) of articles. 5. Please contact Information Publishing Limited, 194, R. V. Road, Basavangudi, Bangalore-560 004 (Mr. S. Sathya Prakash, Subscription Manager email : [email protected], phone : 91-80-4038- 7777, extn. 1004) for online procurement. Editor : All articles submitted to this Journal will be peer reviewed and the opinion of the editor / editorial board / referee will be considered as final for publication of the article. However, the opinions expressed by the authors are their own and the editors do not own any responsibility on this account. Publication of article in the journal automatically transfers the copyrights from author to journal. Paper published / offered / accepted for publication elsewhere, should not be submitted. Manuscript of article will not be returned, so authors should keep copies before sending for publication. It is also to be noted that if any dispute arises regarding print publication in the journal, the matter will be decided in the2 jurisdiction of Kolkata.